summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/27058-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 02:33:44 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 02:33:44 -0700
commitac30982d61b6b4e66bf05cfbab1c4e59f8eb0596 (patch)
tree9bb1ea89cb0130e6ae824ec08eef0d072ae8a0ed /27058-h
initial commit of ebook 27058HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '27058-h')
-rw-r--r--27058-h/27058-h.htm5974
-rw-r--r--27058-h/images/deco.jpgbin0 -> 15752 bytes
2 files changed, 5974 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/27058-h/27058-h.htm b/27058-h/27058-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1107b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27058-h/27058-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5974 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Indian Question, by Francis A. Walker.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ p { margin-top: .5em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .5em;
+ text-indent: 1em;
+ }
+ h1 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ h2 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* centered and coloured */
+ }
+ h3 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* centered and coloured */
+ }
+ h4 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ hr { width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ }
+ body{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+ a {text-decoration: none} /* no lines under links */
+ div.centered {text-align: center;} /* work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 1 */
+ div.centered table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: left;} /* work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 2 */
+
+ .cen {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;} /* centering paragraphs */
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 95%;} /* small caps, smaller font size */
+ .noin {text-indent: 0em;} /* no indenting */
+ .blockquot {margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;} /* block indent */
+ .img {text-align: center; padding: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} /* centering images */
+ .tdr {text-align: right;} /* right align cell */
+ .tdl {text-align: left;} /* left align cell */
+ .tdlbtb {text-align: left; vertical-align: bottom; border-top: .5pt black solid; border-bottom: .5pt black solid;} /* left align, vertical align bottom, top and bottom border */
+ .tdrb {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;} /* right align cell */
+ .tdrl {text-align: right; border-left: .5pt black solid;} /* align right, border left */
+ .tdrtbl {text-align: right; border-top: .5pt black solid; border-bottom: .5pt black solid; border-left: .5pt black solid;} /*align right, top, bottom, left border */
+ .tr {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; margin-top: 5%; margin-bottom: 5%; padding: 1em; background-color: #f6f2f2; color: black; border: dotted black 1px;} /* transcriber's notes */
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute; right: 2%;
+ font-size: 75%;
+ text-align: right;
+ text-indent: 0em;
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ font-variant: normal;} /* page numbers */
+
+ .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;}
+ .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 90%;}
+ .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right; font-size: 90%;}
+ .fnanchor {vertical-align: text-top; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;}
+
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Indian Question (1874), by Francis A. Walker
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Indian Question (1874)
+
+Author: Francis A. Walker
+
+Release Date: October 26, 2008 [EBook #27058]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INDIAN QUESTION (1874) ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness, Barbara Kosker and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h1> THE INDIAN QUESTION.</h1>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+<br />
+
+<h2>FRANCIS A. WALKER,</h2>
+<br />
+<h3>LATE U. S. COMMISSIONER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS.</h3>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<div class="img">
+<img border="0" src="images/deco.jpg" width="10%" alt="Publisher's Mark" />
+</div>
+
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h3>BOSTON:<br />
+JAMES R. OSGOOD AND COMPANY,<br />
+(<span class="smcap">Late Ticknor and Fields, and Fields, Osgood, &amp; Co.</span>)<br />
+1874.</h3>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h4>Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1874 by<br />
+F. A. WALKER,<br />
+In the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington.</h4>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h4>BOSTON<br />
+<span class="smcap">Rand, Avery, &amp; Co., Stereotypers and Printers</span>.</h4>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<hr style="width: 35%;" />
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" width="70%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents">
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl" width="90%">&nbsp;</td>
+ <td class="tdr" width="10%"><span style="font-size: 80%;">PAGE</span></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Indian Question</span></td>
+ <td class="tdr"><a href="#PAGE_5">5</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Indian Citizenship</span></td>
+ <td class="tdr"><a href="#PAGE_101">101</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">An Account of the Tribes</span></td>
+ <td class="tdr"><a href="#PAGE_148">148</a></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="PAGE_5" id="PAGE_5"></a>
+
+<hr style="width: 35%;" /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>THE INDIAN QUESTION.<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a></h2>
+<br />
+
+<p>On the 3d of March, 1871, Congress declared that "hereafter no Indian
+nation or tribe within the territory of the United States shall be
+acknowledged or recognized as an independent nation, tribe, or power,
+with whom the United States may contract by treaty."</p>
+
+<p>Brave words these would have seemed to good William Penn, treating with
+the Lenni Lenape, under the elm at Kensington; or even to doughty Miles
+Standish, ready as that worthy ever was to march against the heathen who
+troubled his Israel. Heathen they were in the eyes of the good people of
+Plymouth Colony, but nations of heathen, without question, as truly as
+were the Amalekites, the Jebusites, or the Hittites to the infant colony
+at Shiloh. It would have been deemed the tallest kind of "tall talk," in
+the councils of Jamestown, Providence, and Annapolis, to express<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>
+disdain for the proffered hand of Indian friendship, or even to object
+to payment of some small tribute, in beads or powder, to these native
+lords of the continent. In 1637, when Capt. John Mason marched against
+Sassacus, at the head of ninety men, he had with him half the fighting
+force of the Connecticut Colony. In 1653 a wall was built across
+Manhattan Island to keep out the savages; though, when we say that the
+line of defence just covered the present course of Wall Street (which
+derives its name from that circumstance), our readers may not fail to
+wonder whether the savages were not the rather kept in by it. In 1675,
+when the New-England Colonies had grown comparatively strong, they
+mustered for their war against Philip one thousand men, of whom
+Massachusetts furnished five hundred and twenty-seven, Plymouth one
+hundred and fifty-eight, and Connecticut three hundred and fifteen.</p>
+
+<p>To men peering out from block-houses, or crouching behind walls,
+awaiting the terrific yell of an Indian attack, it was not likely to
+occur that they might compromise their dignity by treating on equal
+terms with an enemy tenfold as numerous as themselves; nor were the
+statesmen of that early heroic age likely to give themselves trouble<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>
+about the character and standing among the nations of the earth, of
+confederacies that could bring five thousand warriors into the field.
+And so the feeble colonies struggled on through those days of gloom and
+fear, deprecating the anger of the savages as they might, and
+circumventing their wiles when they could; played off one chieftain
+against another; made contribution of malice and powder to every
+intestine feud among the natives; bought off tribes, without much
+scruple as to the ultimate fulfilment of their bargains; postponed the
+evil day by every expedient, knowing that time was on their side: and
+when they had, in spite of all, to fight, fought as men who know that
+they will not themselves be spared,&mdash;planned ambuscades and massacres;
+fired Indian camps, and shot the inmates as they leaped from their
+blazing wigwams; studied and mastered all the arts of forest warfare;
+and beat the savages with their own weapons, as men of the higher race
+will always do when forced by circumstances to such a contest.</p>
+
+<p>Nor during the early part of the eighteenth century, when all danger of
+a war of extermination had passed from the apprehension of the most
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>timid, when the Colonies had become in a degree compacted, and the line
+of white occupation had been made continuous from Massachusetts to
+Georgia; nor later still, when the Colonies had become States, and the
+representatives of the new nation of the Western world were received in
+all the courts of Europe&mdash;was the policy abandoned of treating with the
+Indian tribes as parties having equal powers of initiative, and equal
+rights in negotiation. In nearly four hundred treaties, confirmed by the
+Senate as are treaties with foreign powers, our government recognized
+Indian tribes as nations with whom the United States might contract
+without derogating from its sovereignty.</p>
+
+<p>The treaties made with Indian tribes have, of course, been mainly
+treaties of cession. Most of our readers will be surprised to learn the
+extent of lands east of the Mississippi which are embraced in sales to
+the United States; being no less than the entire States of Ohio,
+Indiana, Illinois, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, and Mississippi, with
+considerable portions of Tennessee, Michigan, and Wisconsin. And these
+treaties were not a mere form to amuse and quiet savages, a
+half-compassionate, half-contemptuous humoring of unruly children. The
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>United States were not then grown so great that they could afford to
+value lightly the free relinquishment of the soil by the native owners
+of it. At the time most of the treaties with tribes east of the
+Mississippi were concluded, not only did the right remain in the
+Indians, but enough of power, to make it as much a diplomatic triumph to
+obtain a cession on favorable terms, as it would be to negotiate a
+successful treaty with one of the States of Central America to-day. The
+United States were clearly the stronger party in every such case; but
+the Indians were, in the great body of instances, still so formidable,
+that to wrest their lands from them by pure, brutal violence would have
+required an exertion of strength which the government was ill prepared
+to make. So that, while it is true that the Indians were generally made
+ready to negotiate by the use of military force and by the pressure of
+white settlements, it is not true that the considerations and privileges
+accorded them in these treaties were a gift out of good-nature.</p>
+
+<p>So much for the power of the Indians when they made these treaties.
+Their right to their lands is quite as well established historically. In
+the early history of the Western world, the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>principle was fully
+recognized, that, while sovereignty rested, not with the Indians, but
+with the civilized power claiming by virtue of discovery, the Indians
+were the rightful occupants, with a just and perfect claim to retain
+possession and enjoy the use until they should be disposed voluntarily
+to part with it. Great Britain, Holland, France, and Spain, the four
+powers claiming sovereignty by virtue of discovery within the present
+territory of the United States, conceded no less than this to the
+natives; while France, in the cession of the province of Louisiana,
+expressly reserved the rights allowed the Indians by its own treaties
+and articles, "until, by mutual consent of the United States and the
+said tribes or nations, other suitable articles shall have been agreed
+upon."</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Such being the right of the Indians to the soil, the United
+States for more than eighty-five years pursued a uniform
+course of extinguishing the Indian title only with the consent
+of those Indian tribes which were recognized as having claim
+by reason of occupancy: such consent being expressed in
+treaties, to the formation of which both parties approached,
+as having equal rights of initiative, and equal rights in
+negotiation. These treaties were made from time to time (not
+less than 372 being embraced in the general statutes of the
+United States) as the pressure of white settlements, or the
+fear or the experience of Indian hostilities, made <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>the demand
+for the removal of one tribe after another urgent or
+imperative. <i>Except only in the case of the Indians in
+Minnesota, after the outbreak of 1862, the United-States
+Government has never extinguished an Indian title as by right
+of conquest</i>; and in this latter case the government provided
+the Indians another reservation, besides giving them the
+proceeds of the sales of the lands vacated by them in
+Minnesota; so scrupulously, up to that time, had the right of
+the Indians to the soil been respected, at least in form. It
+is not to be denied that wrong was often done in fact to
+tribes in the negotiation of treaties of cession. The Indians
+were not infrequently overborne or deceived by the agents of
+the government in these transactions; sometimes
+unquestionably, powerful tribes were permitted to cede lands
+to which weaker tribes had a better claim: but, formally at
+least, the United States accepted the cession successively of
+all lands, to which Indian tribes could show color of title,
+which are embraced in the limits of any of the present States
+of the Union except California and Nevada."&mdash;<i>Report on Indian
+Affairs</i>, 1872, pp. 83, 84.</p></div>
+
+<p>In 1871, however, the insolence of conscious strength, and the growing
+jealousy of the House of Representatives towards the prerogative&mdash;arrogated
+by the Senate&mdash;of determining, in connection with the executive, all
+questions of Indian right and title, and of committing the United States
+incidentally to pecuniary obligations limited only by its own discretion,
+for which the House should <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>be bound to make provision without inquiry, led
+to the adoption, after several severe parliamentary struggles, of the
+declaration which stands at the head of this paper.</p>
+
+<p>In abruptly terminating thus the long series of Indian treaties, and
+forever closing the only course of procedure known for the adjustment of
+difficulties, and even for the administration of ordinary business, with
+Indian tribes, Congress provided no substitute, and up to the present
+time has neglected to prescribe the methods by which, after the
+abrogation of the national character of the Indians, either their
+internal matters or their relations with the general government are to
+be regulated. The Indian-Intercourse Act of 1834, though still nominally
+in force, is so largely predicated upon the tribal constitution, and
+assumes so uniformly the national sufficiency of the tribe, that all the
+life and virtue are taken out of it by the Act of 1871 just cited; and
+the country is, in effect, left without rule or prescription for the
+government of Indian affairs. It is sufferance, not law, which enables
+the Indian Office to-day to administer its charge. While the Act of 1871
+strikes down at a blow the hereditary authority of the chiefs, no
+legislation has invested Indian agents <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>with magisterial powers, or
+provided for the assembling of the Indian <i>demos</i>. There is at this time
+no semblance of authority for the punishment of any crime which one
+Indian may commit against another, nor any mode of procedure, recognized
+by treaty or statute, for the regulation of matters between the
+government and the several tribes. So far as the law is concerned,
+complete anarchy exists in Indian affairs; and nothing but the singular
+homogeneity of Indian communities, and the almost unaccountable
+spontaneity and unanimity of public sentiment within them, has thus far
+prevented the attention of Congress and the country being called most
+painfully to the unpardonable negligence of the national legislature in
+failing to provide a substitute for the time-honored policy which was
+destroyed by the Act of 1871.</p>
+
+<p>In treating the Indian question of the present day, the temptation is
+strongly felt, to dwell upon the history of Indian tribes, and upon the
+physical and moral characteristics of this singular race. Yet, if way be
+once given to this inclination, not only will the time and space
+necessary for a discussion of the present and the future of the Indian
+tribes be sacrificed, but the attention of the reader will be so
+overwhelmed with the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>multitude of names and incidents, that he will be
+embarrassed rather than assisted in his understanding of the subject to
+be treated. The value, for our purpose, of facts and incidents in Indian
+history is not at all according to their value historically or
+romantically. Indeed, such has been the fatality to the aborigines of
+contact with the whites, that it may almost be said, the importance
+to-day of tribes is inversely as their importance in the annals of the
+country. Among the greatest figures of the past are those of bands and
+confederacies that have utterly disappeared from the continent, happy
+that their long, savage independence, and their brief, fierce resistance
+to the encroachments of the pale-face, were not to be succeeded by a
+dreary period of submission, humiliation, and dependence. Other tribes,
+that but a few generations ago shook the infant colonies with terror, or
+even dared to stand across the path of the Republic, and for a time
+flung a shadow as of eclipse over its destiny, are now represented upon
+the annuity or feeding-lists of the United States by a few score of
+diseased wretches, who hang about the settlements, begging and stealing
+where they can, and quarrelling like dogs over the entrails of the
+beeves that are <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>slaughtered for them. Still other tribes, once warlike
+and powerful, have, by a fortunate turn of character and circumstance,
+become so rich and respectable as not only to deprive them of all
+romantic interest, but practically to take them out of the scope of the
+Indian question. Other tribes, still having among them men whose
+grandfathers besieged Detroit under Pontiac, are now resolved into
+citizens of the United States, eligible for the chief-justiceship or the
+presidency.</p>
+
+<p>Such considerations as we have here briefly sketched suffice to show the
+inexpediency of entering upon Indian history, <i>qua</i> history, as an
+introduction to the discussion of the Indian problems of to-day. Equally
+obdurate must one be to the seductions of Indian ethnology, except so
+far only as it may simplify the classification of the present Indian
+population to refer tribes and bands to recognized groups or families,
+for the better or briefer characterization of their qualities and
+affinities.</p>
+
+<p>Even stronger yet is the temptation to enter upon the analysis and
+portraiture of the original and native character of the North-American
+Indian. Voluptuary and stoic; swept by gusts of fury too terrible to be
+witnessed, yet <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>imperturbable beyond all men, under the ordinary
+excitements and accidents of life; garrulous, yet impenetrable; curious,
+yet himself reserved, proud and mean alike beyond compare; superior to
+torture and the presence of certain death, yet, by the standards of all
+other peoples, a coward in battle; capable of magnanimous actions which,
+when uncovered of all romance, are worthy of the best days of Roman
+virtue, yet more cunning, false, and cruel than the Bengalee,&mdash;this
+copper-colored sphinx, this riddle unread of men, equally fascinates and
+foils the inquirer.</p>
+
+<p>This, however, is the Indian of history. The Indian for whom the
+government is called to provide subsistence and instruction presents no
+such psychological difficulties. Curious compound and strange
+self-contradiction as the red man is in his native character, in his
+traditional pursuits, and amid the surroundings of his own wild life;
+yet when broken down by the military power of the whites, thrown out of
+his familiar relations, his stupendous conceit with its glamour of
+savage pomp and glory rudely dispelled, his occupation gone, himself a
+beggar, the red man becomes the most commonplace person imaginable, of
+very simple nature, limited aspirations, and enormous appetites.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>The Indian question naturally divides itself into two: What shall be
+done with the Indian as an obstacle to the national progress? What shall
+be done with him when, and so far as, he ceases to oppose or obstruct
+the extension of railways and settlements? It is because these two parts
+of the question have not been separately regarded that so much confusion
+has been introduced into the discussion of Indian affairs. Widely
+diverse, for example, as are the criticisms popularly expressed on what
+is known as the "Indian policy" of Pres. Grant's administration, the
+writer can confidently affirm, as the result of hundreds of interviews,
+formal and informal, stated and casual, friendly and the reverse, with
+men from every section of the country, of both parties, and of all
+professions, that he believes there is no political subject mooted
+to-day on which there are so slight differences of real opinion, or,
+indeed, such general consent when men will once come to terms with each
+other, and begin to talk about the same thing. He has never known a man,
+even from the Territories or the border States, make objection, on a
+candid statement, to the intentions and purposes of that administration
+towards the Indians, unless it were some man <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>peculiarly vulgar and
+brutal,&mdash;such a one, for instance, as, if a Southerner, would give his
+time and breath to indiscriminate abuse of the negroes. Instead of there
+being two parties on this subject, there is, therefore, if the
+observations of the writer have been well made, no reason to suppose
+that any considerable division of opinion or feeling exists respecting
+the duty of the government, at the present moment, by the aborigines of
+the country.</p>
+
+<p>Take the public sentiment of Arizona, for example. It is the almost
+universal belief throughout the country, that the people of this
+Territory have a deadly hostility to the Indians, and meditate nothing
+but mischief towards them; and it certainly must be admitted that press
+and people alike indulge in expressions which fairly bear that
+construction, and are quite enough to create an impression that the
+citizens of the Territory hate an Indian as an Indian, and have no
+humane sentiments whatever towards the race. And yet the writer would as
+soon leave the question, whether the government should render some
+kindly service to the Papagoes or to the Pimas and Maricopas, in the way
+of assisting them to self-maintenance, or of providing instruction in
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>letters or in the mechanic arts, to the general voice of the people of
+Arizona, as to any missionary association in New York or Boston the
+coming May. When the press of Arizona cry out against the Indian policy
+of the government, and denounce Eastern philanthropy, they have in mind
+the warlike and depredating bands; and they are exasperated by what they
+deem, perhaps unreasonably but not unnaturally, the weakness and
+indecision of the executive in failing to properly protect the frontier.
+Indians to them mean Apaches; and their violence on the Indian question
+arises from the belief that the administration of Indian affairs has
+been committed to sentimentalists, who have no appreciation of the
+terrible stress which these Indian outrages bring upon the remote
+settlements. But were the question one of helping, in a practical
+fashion suited to the habits and views of life of a border community, a
+tribe of Indians who are peaceful, and in a poor way helpful, there is
+no reason to suppose that the inhabitants of Tucson or Prescott would be
+behind an Eastern congregation in readiness for the work. And this
+impression the writer derives, not alone from the amiable and cultivated
+gentleman who represents that Territory in Congress, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>but from contact
+and correspondence with many influential and representative citizens of
+Arizona, and from a study of the very journals that so teem with
+denunciations of the Indian policy of the government.<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a></p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, in our prosperous and well-ordered communities at the
+East, a gentleman of leisure and of native benevolence, whose ears <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>have
+never rung with the war-whoop, whose eyes have never witnessed the
+horrid atrocities of Indian warfare, and who is only disturbed in his
+pleasing reveries by the occasional tramp of the policeman about his
+house, is apt to dwell exclusively upon the other side of the Indian
+question. To such a man, as he recalls the undoubted wrongs done the
+Indian in the past, as he contemplates the fate of a race whose heroic
+and romantic qualities have been greatly exaggerated, or as he listens
+to the flattering tale of a missionary returned from some peaceful and
+half-civilized tribe, it is very pleasant to think that the original
+owners of the soil are to be protected by the government, saved to
+humanity, educated in the useful arts, and elevated to a Christian
+civilization. On such a man accounts of Indian outrages make little
+impression. He regards them as the invention of pioneer malice, or
+easily disposes of them by a mental reference to the crimes perpetrated
+in his own town or city. He is, perhaps, so ignorant of Indian matters
+as to think that all the Indians of the country form one homogeneous
+community, and cannot understand how it should be, that, while Cherokees
+are supporting churches and colleges and orphan asylums at home, and
+sending <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>their sons to receive classical and professional education in
+the best schools of the East, Kiowas should roast their prisoners alive,
+and brain the babe before the eyes of its mother. Is it a matter of
+wonder, that men who are contemplating things so different as are the
+Eastern philanthropist and the Western settler, when Indians are spoken
+of, should imagine that they disagree as to the policy of the
+government, and come to entertain contempt or repugnance for each other,
+while, in fact, on an honest statement of a given case, neither would
+dissent in the slightest degree from the views of the other? If there
+is, then, such a liability to confusion and misapprehension in the
+discussion of the Indian question, we may be allowed to insist strongly
+upon the necessity of the distinction indicated.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>The actually or potentially hostile tribes of the United States number,
+on a rough computation suited to the rudeness of the definition,
+sixty-four thousand. It is these only which we have to treat under the
+first division of our question,&mdash;What shall be done with the Indian as
+an obstacle to the national progress? This number of sixty-four thousand
+is made up as follows: The actually <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>depredating bands, North-west and
+South-west, probably have not exceeded, during the past year, seven
+thousand, mainly Kiowas, Comanches, and Apaches. The tribes with which
+these bands are directly and intimately connected contain about twenty
+thousand, including the marauders. There are further included in this
+calculation tribes and bands, numbering in the aggregate about
+forty-four thousand, which are now generally at peace.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen that the number which we have taken for the potentially
+hostile Indians is many times greater than the number of the actually
+hostile. Yet, on the other hand, we have not intended to embrace all
+those tribes which might be exasperated to the point of resistance by a
+reckless disregard of treaties on the part of the government, or by a
+series of wanton acts of abuse on the part of white settlers. There is a
+line beyond which no man or people may safely be pressed; and there are
+few bands of Indians, East or West, however contemptible in numbers or
+character, which, if wronged and trampled on, might not in their
+indignant despair teach their oppressors a lesson at which the world
+would shudder. We are contemplating no such possibilities. We are
+assuming that the government will, as it has <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>generally done in the
+past, respect treaty obligations, and that the intercourse of the
+Indians with their white neighbors will be marked by only such sporadic
+acts of individual wrong as are in the nature of the case.</p>
+
+<p>The tribes to which we refer as potentially hostile are, first, those
+now in immediate contact with the whites, whose claims to territory are
+so far disregarded, either by the action of the government or by the
+unauthorized intrusion of pioneers and prospectors; or whose means of
+subsistence are so far impaired or threatened by the extension of
+railways and settlements,&mdash;that hostilities are only prevented by the
+bounty of the government in feeding the members of such tribes in whole
+or in part, by liberal presents of trinkets and useful goods, by the
+exercise of especial watchfulness in avoiding occasions of dispute and
+points of collision, and finally by a willingness on the part of the
+government to overlook offences and even to tolerate a degree of
+insolence, rather than allow a breach of the peace: second, those tribes
+not now to any great extent in contact with the whites, and exhibiting
+no desire to go out of their way to make trouble, but of which the same
+must, in the inevitable course of the national progress, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>in a few years
+become true as of the tribes embraced under the first class.</p>
+
+<p>But these classes, as we have thus described them, are yet far too
+numerous for the facts of the case. We must still further reduce them by
+excluding all such tribes as, from location, from traditional friendship
+for the whites, or from weakness of character, are unlikely, in any
+event reasonably to be contemplated, to become involved in hostilities.</p>
+
+<p>Among the Indians, who, by the force of their location and surroundings,
+are rendered powerless for armed resistance, are not a few of the
+Indians of Minnesota, and even some in Wisconsin, who have no love for
+the whites, and would make exceedingly bad neighbors to frontier
+settlements, but who, encircled as they are by powerful communities,
+submit sullenly to their condition. The same may be said of many bands
+in Kansas, Nebraska, and on the Pacific coast. These are Indians who
+have been overtaken, surrounded, and disarmed by the progress of
+population, but, either through the neglect of the government or by the
+failure of the usual agencies of instruction and industrial assistance,
+have remained barbarous, and, as their natural means of subsistence grow
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>scantier, are becoming every year more miserable.</p>
+
+<p>There is another and much larger class of Indians from whom no organized
+violence is to be expected in the course of the complete settlement of
+the country, not because they are rendered helpless by the force of
+their location, nor because they have any traditional friendship for the
+whites, nor because they do not experience suffering enough to impel a
+warlike people to a struggle for life, but because they are not fighting
+Indians. Actual outrage might drive some of these tribes to resistance;
+but, under the slow wasting-away of their means of subsistence, and the
+gradual pressure of the settlements, they are, and are likely to remain,
+wholly passive, accepting their fate, and sinking to the lowest point of
+human misery without a single heroic effort. Some of these tribes have
+been "put upon" by their more warlike neighbors through many
+generations, driven from their original hunting-grounds, and harassed
+even in the mountains where they have taken refuge, until their spirit
+has been utterly crushed, and they have become as submissive as the
+Southern negroes. This is true of large numbers of the Indians of
+Colorado, Utah, Nevada, and Southern <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>California. They have neither the
+individual courage nor the instinct of confederation entitling them to
+be reckoned among the potentially hostile tribes.</p>
+
+<p>Still, again, we count out several powerful tribes, able to bring five
+hundred or a thousand warriors each into the field, which, by reason of
+traditional friendship and their frequent alliance with our troops in
+campaigns against hostile Indians, are sure to remain the friends of the
+government under any tolerable treatment. Indeed, neglect and abuse seem
+insufficient to alienate these allies. Their faith once pledged, and
+friendship cemented by sacrifices and sufferings, they cling to the
+fortunes of the whites with romantic fidelity. Such are the
+Arickarees,<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a> Mandans, and Gros Ventres <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>of the Upper Missouri; such
+the Pawnees of Kansas; such the Flatheads, Kootenays, and Pend
+d'Oreilles, whose boast is that their tribes never killed a white man;
+such, in a degree, the Crows of Montana. These tribes, and others of
+less consequence, are not only sure, in the event of kindly treatment by
+the government, to remain its fast friends, but they may be relied upon
+in the future, as in the past, to do much to check the audacity of their
+hostile neighbors, and, in the last resort, to furnish re-enforcements
+of the most <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>effective and economical sort to the troops operating
+against predatory bands.</p>
+
+<p>Having excluded all tribes and bands of the character, or in the
+position, indicated under the three heads above, we make up the list of
+the potentially hostile Indians somewhat as follows: of the Sioux of
+Dakota,&mdash;tribes, bands, and parties, to the number of fifteen thousand;
+of the Indians of Montana,&mdash;Blackfeet, Bloods, and Piegans, Assiniboines
+and roving Sioux, to the number of twenty thousand; of the Indians in
+the extreme south-western part of the Indian Territory and on the
+borders of Texas,&mdash;Kiowas, Comanches, Cheyennes, and Arapahoes, to the
+number of seven thousand; of the Indians of Arizona,&mdash;Apaches of several
+tribes, to the number of nine thousand; of the mountain Indians of
+Colorado, Utah, and Nevada, to the number of five thousand; of the
+Indians of New Mexico, to the number of two thousand; and of the Indians
+in Oregon and Washington Territory, to the number of six thousand. The
+sixty-four thousand Indians thus enumerated comprise substantially all
+the tribes and bands with which the government is obliged to contemplate
+the possibility of war. It is in the highest degree improbable, however,
+that the United <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>States would, even in the event of what might properly
+be called a general Indian war, be called on to fight more than one-half
+of these Indians at any one time; while, with a reasonable policy of
+concession, the number of actually hostile and depredating bands may be
+steadily reduced, and the whole body of dangerous Indians held in check
+until the advance of population shall render them incapable of mischief.
+The measures by which this is to be effected must be considered
+candidly, in the light of the alternative presented, and not as if they
+were proposed as measures wholly agreeable to the tastes or the temper
+of those who are called to administer Indian affairs.</p>
+
+<p>That we may obtain a true impression of one of the conditions on which
+peace is maintained with certain Indian tribes, let us take a leaf out
+of the official record of the dealings of the government with the Sioux
+during the past year. Early in 1872 an unusually large number of Indians
+were assembled at the Red Cloud agency, near Fort Laramie in Wyoming. By
+far the greater part were <i>habitu&eacute;s</i> of this or some other Sioux agency;
+but among them were many Northern Indians, who were for the first time
+the guests of the government, and who, not having become accustomed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>to
+eat the bread of dependence, were much more intractable and insolent
+than the others. The presence of these Indians produced great turmoil at
+the agency, and considerable apprehension on the part of the agent.
+Nothing in the nature of an outbreak occurred, however: the strangers
+gradually went away to their summer hunt on the Powder River; and the
+agency was brought back to its usual condition. But, while this was
+being effected, a ranchman named Powell, who had a large drove of cattle
+near Fort Laramie, was robbed and murdered. The bloody details were soon
+known; for Indians are such inveterate gossips that they can keep no
+secret, however dangerous disclosure may be to them. The murderers were
+Northern Indians, who had instantly left for their own country. At two
+successive councils, both the civil and the military authorities
+demanded the surrender of the guilty parties and the return of the
+stolen stock. The chiefs present and the great body of their followers
+most unmistakably disapproved and regretted the act, if for no better
+reason than because they apprehended the consequences; but they
+disclaimed any responsibility therefor,&mdash;the murderers not being of
+their own proper number,&mdash;pleaded <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>their inability to arrest the
+fugitives with their bloody spoils, and, for the rest, did nothing. The
+government, for that matter, after much expostulation, did the same:
+troops were not marched northward to seize the murderers; the rations of
+the Sioux were not ordered to be stopped until satisfaction had been
+given; and the murder of Powell remains to-day unpunished by the
+government of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>A second condition on which peace is maintained is the subsistence of
+certain tribes at the expense of the government, without reference to
+their ability or disposition to work. Every five or seven days, twenty
+thousand Sioux, big and little, assemble around the agencies for the
+distribution of food. Soldiers' rations are dealt out: flour by the
+hundred sacks is delivered to them; beeves by the score are turned loose
+to be shot down and eaten up in savage fashion. The expense of this
+service is a million five hundred thousand dollars a year,&mdash;one-seventh
+the total cost of poor-support in the United States. About one million
+more is expended for the total or partial subsistence of other tribes,
+especially in the South-west. Coincidently with this, occasions for
+increased expenditure have arisen in connection <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>with tribes not upon
+the feeding-list; so that the average cost of the Indian service has
+gone up from four millions in 1866, 1867, and 1868, to seven millions at
+the present time. It should be remarked, however, that it is only the
+increase which measures the cost of the "peace policy," so called, more
+than one-half of the four millions of expenditure in the former period
+being the lawful due of the Indians under treaty stipulations, in
+consideration for the cession of lands; and the remainder covering the
+general expenses of the service. The following table exhibits the
+expenditures of the government on account of the Indian service for the
+twelve years 1861 to 1872:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" width="40%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="Expenditures">
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdlbtb" width="20%">Year.</td>
+ <td class="tdrtbl" width="80%">Expenditures on<br />Indian Account.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1861</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">$2,865,481.17</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1862</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">2,327,948.37</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1863</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">3,152,032.70</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1864</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">2,629,975.97</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1865</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">5,059,360.71</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1866</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">3,295,729.32</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1867</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">4,642,531.77</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1868</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">4,100,682.32</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1869</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">7,042,923.06</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1870</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">3,407,938.15</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">1871</td>
+ <td class="tdrl">7,426,997.44</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl" style="border-bottom: .5pt black solid;">1872</td>
+ <td class="tdrl" style="border-bottom: .5pt black solid;">7,061,728.82</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<br />
+
+<p>Now, it must honestly be confessed, that the United-States Government,
+in such dealings with Indian tribes as have been recited, does not act a
+very handsome part. To pay blackmail to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>insolent savages (for that is
+simply what it amounts to); to feed forty or fifty thousand people who
+make no pretence of doing any thing for themselves, and who appear to
+think that they are conferring a distinguishing honor upon the
+government by accepting its bounty; to allow the murder of an American
+citizen, of whatever character or degree, to go unpunished,&mdash;these are
+not things pleasant to contemplate. It may be a duty to administer
+Indian affairs in this way; but it must be a duty far more disagreeable
+to any man of spirit than would be a call to take part in the punishment
+of the savages, at no more than the personal risk usually incident to a
+campaign. And yet, in the face of all this, we do not hesitate to say
+that the general course of the government in such dealings as have been
+described above is expedient and humane, just and honorable. This is a
+proposition, which, in the view of such admissions as have been made,
+may seem to impose a formidable burden of proof; yet is it not only
+consistent with the highest reason of the case, but susceptible of very
+simple and direct demonstration.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, it should be remarked that there can be no question
+of national dignity <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>involved in the treatment of savages by a civilized
+power. The proudest Anglo-Saxon will climb a tree with a bear behind
+him, and deem not his honor, but his safety, compromised by the
+situation. With wild men, as with wild beasts, the question whether to
+fight, coax, or run, is a question merely of what is easiest or safest
+in the situation given. Points of dignity only arise between those who
+are, or assume to be, equals. Indeed, nothing is at times so
+contemptuous as compliance. It indicates not merely a consciousness of
+strength, but of strength so superior as to decline comparison or
+contest.</p>
+
+<p>Grant that some petty Sioux chief believes that the government of the
+United States feeds him and his lazy followers out of fear, or out of
+respect for his greatness: what then? It will not be long before the
+agent of the government will be pointing out the particular row of
+potatoes which his majesty must hoe before his majesty can dine. The
+people of the United States surely are great enough, and sufficiently
+conscious of their greatness, to indulge a little longer the
+self-complacent fancies of those savage tribes, if by that means a
+desolating war may be avoided.</p>
+
+<p>And in this we shall only do what other nations <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>have done, and esteemed
+themselves wise in doing. The Greeks and Romans, except in periods of
+ambitious frenzy, recognized the fruitlessness and folly of fighting
+absolute savages, and did not scruple, in the height of their conquering
+pride, to keep the peace with Scythians and Parthians as best they
+could. The English, the Dutch, the Spanish, the Portuguese, in their
+American colonies, only fought the natives when for their purposes they
+must, preserving the peace when they could by presents, and even by
+tribute. Statesmen who would have embroiled Europe on a question of
+dinner-etiquette have fully recognized the principle that there could be
+no issue of dignity between a civilized power and a band of
+irresponsible savages, and have submitted, without any feeling of
+degradation, to demands the most unreasonable, urged in terms the most
+insolent.</p>
+
+<p>Nor is there any savor of treachery in the government thus biding its
+time. In this the government simply, from a wise consideration of the
+exposed situation of the settlements, refrains from the full exercise of
+the authority which it claims. It in no wise deceives the Indians, but
+only indulges their illusion till the time comes <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>when the illusion must
+be broken. It watches the troubled sleep of the maniac, ready to
+restrain his violence if he wakes, yet mercifully willing that he should
+remain unconscious. And this forbearance of the government is not less
+kind to the aborigines than to those of our citizens who are building
+their homes within reach of the red man's hand. If the savages&mdash;Sioux,
+Kiowas, Cheyennes, Comanches, whom the United States are thus playing
+with&mdash;realized in any adequate measure what the next few years have in
+store for them, how completely they will be surrounded and disarmed, how
+certainly they will be forced to labor like squaws for their bread, how
+stringently the government will enforce its requirements when their
+power of resistance shall have departed; it is inconceivable but that,
+in their present temper, ignorant as they are of the real resources of
+the whites, and conscious that they can still bring eight thousand
+warriors into the field, they would precipitate a contest which, though
+it would involve untold misery to our border population, must inevitably
+end in their own destruction.</p>
+
+<p>If, then, there is nothing inconsistent with national dignity or honor
+in thus temporizing with <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>hostile savages, it certainly can be shown to
+be in a high degree compatible with the interests and the welfare of all
+the white communities which are, by their advanced position, placed at
+the mercy of the Indians. Thousands and even tens of thousands of our
+citizens are now living within reach of the first murderous outbreak of
+a general Indian war. Since 1868, when the trans-continental railroad
+was completed, population has found its way into regions to which the
+rate of progress previously maintained would not in fifty years have
+carried it,&mdash;into nooks and corners which five years ago were scarcely
+known to trappers and guides. Instead of exposing to Indian contact, as
+heretofore, a clearly defined frontier line, upon two or three faces,
+our settlements have penetrated the Western country in every direction
+and from every direction, creeping along the course of every stream,
+seeking out every habitable valley, following up every indication of
+gold among the ravines and mountains, clinging around the reservations
+of the most formidable tribes, and even making lodgement at a hundred
+points on lands secured by treaty to the Indians. Even where the limit
+of settlement in any direction has apparently, for the time, been
+reached, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>we learn of some solitary ranchman or miner who has made his
+home still farther down the valley or up the mountain, far beyond sight
+or call.</p>
+
+<p>It is upon men thus exposed, without hope of escape or chance of
+resistance, that the first wrath of a general Indian war would break. No
+note of recall would avert their doom. Long before friendly runners
+could reach them, the war-whoop would be in their ears; and alone,
+unfriended, undefended, unaided, they would perish, as hundreds and
+thousands of our countrymen have perished, at the hands of the
+infuriated savages. But it is not alone the solitary ranchmen who would
+be swept away on the first onset of Indian attack. Scores of valleys up
+which population has been steadily creeping would be instantly
+abandoned; streams that now, from source to mouth, resound the stroke of
+the pioneer's axe, would be left desolate on the first rumor of war; a
+hundred outlying settlements would disappear in a night, as the tidings
+of outbreak and massacre were borne along by hurrying fugitives. As the
+blood retreats, on the signal of danger, from the extremities to the
+heart, so would population retire, terror-struck and precipitate, from
+the frontier on the first shock of war. Towns, even, would be
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>abandoned; and the frightened inhabitants, men, women, and children,
+cumbered with household stuff and overdriven stock, would crowd within
+the shelter of garrisons hardly adequate for their defence.</p>
+
+<p>There could be but one plea on which such considerations as these might
+be disregarded; and that would be the plea that such forbearance and
+indulgence on the part of the United States towards the savages only
+encouraged them to increased insolence and incited them to fresh
+outrages, rendering the situation less and less tolerable, and in the
+end involving greater sacrifice of life than would a prompt vindication
+of the authority of the government, once for all, however disastrous in
+the immediate result it might prove to existing settlements. If the
+policy of temporizing which has been described does indeed only serve at
+the last to aggravate the evil, and by a false appearance of peace to
+draw within the reach of Indian massacre larger numbers of whites, then
+it is plainly the duty of the government to recall, as far as may be,
+its citizens from the exposed frontier, and, at whatever expense of
+blood and treasure, make issue with the savages, and forever close the
+question by the complete <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>conquest and reduction of all the hostile or
+dangerous tribes. But no assumption could be farther from the facts of
+the case than that the effect of lenity has been to increase the sum of
+Indian outrage. There is no <i>scintilla</i> of evidence to show that any
+savage tribe has been incited by the forbearance of the government to
+increased depredations. On the contrary, the history of the past three
+years has shown a steady decline in the number of robberies and murders
+reported on the frontier.</p>
+
+<p>If a humane consideration of the exposed condition of our frontier
+settlements requires the continuance of the policy of buying off the
+hostile and dangerous tribes, it is also true that the argument from
+economy equally favors this action on the part of the government.
+Expensive as is the Indian service as at present conducted in the
+interest of peace, it costs far less than fighting. What would be the
+expense of a general Indian war, which should seek the complete
+subjugation of the tribes which we have described as potentially
+hostile, it is impossible to compute within a hundred millions of
+dollars; but it would undoubtedly reach an aggregate not much short of
+that of the year of largest preparations and largest <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>operations during
+the rebellion. Does this seem extravagant, impossible? Words of truth
+and soberness on such a subject surely might be expected from a
+commission comprising such men as Gens. Sherman, Harney, Augur, and
+Terry of the regular army of the United States. Yet these officers
+united in a report rendered to the President on the 7th of January,
+1868, in which they use the following language in reference to the
+"Chivvington massacre" and the Cheyenne war of 1864:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"No one will be astonished that a war ensued which cost the
+government thirty million dollars, and carried conflagration
+and death to the border settlements. During the spring and
+summer of 1865, no less than eight thousand troops were
+withdrawn from the effective force engaged in suppressing the
+Rebellion, to meet this Indian war. The result of the year's
+campaign satisfied all reasonable men that war with Indians
+was useless and expensive. Fifteen or twenty Indians had been
+killed at an expense of more than a million dollars apiece,
+while hundreds of our soldiers had lost their lives, many of
+our border settlers had been butchered, and their property
+destroyed."</p></div>
+
+<p>This was the experience of the United States in a contest with an Indian
+tribe numbering perhaps four thousand men, women, and children, and able
+to bring into the field not one-fifth as many <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>warriors as the Sioux
+bands of to-day. Not to go back to wars waged with tribes now subjugated
+or extinct, were we to cast up the expenditures involved in the Sioux
+war of 1852-1854, the Cheyenne war of 1864 just referred to, the Navajo
+war, the second Sioux war in 1866, the second Cheyenne war in 1867, we
+should undoubtedly reach a total greatly exceeding one hundred millions
+of dollars. Yet these wars sought only the submission of individual
+tribes to single demands of the government, and effected, generally,
+something less than that. It has been shown that the actual expense of
+the so-called "peace policy" is measured by the increase of the average
+expenditures of the period 1869 to 1872 over the average expenditures of
+the period preceding, that increase being about three millions of
+dollars. This is the sum which is to be compared with the cost of a war
+which should seek to reduce all the Indian tribes of the continent to
+complete submission by force of arms, instead of awaiting their gradual,
+and in the main peaceful reduction through the advance of population and
+the extension of railways.</p>
+
+<p>We have thus far treated the policy of the government towards the
+dangerous tribes as one not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>requiring the use of the military arm in
+any emergency short of an actual outbreak. We have done so, first, that
+we might encounter the full effect of the objections to the plan of
+concession and conciliation; and, secondly, because we hold it true,
+that, when the alternative is between allowing a considerable degree of
+insolence and outrage to go unpunished, and entailing upon the
+Territories a general Indian war, duty and interest require the
+government to go to the last point of endurance and forbearance with the
+savages. But this alternative is not always presented: it is often
+practicable to repress and punish violence, without exposing the
+settlements to the horrors of massacre. Whenever this can be done, it is
+scarcely necessary to say it should be done, and done effectually. The
+feature of the present Indian policy of the government which allows this
+to be done without incurring general Indian war is known as the
+reservation system,&mdash;a system shrewdly devised to meet the known
+weaknesses of the Indian character. By it extensive tracts have been set
+apart for the warlike tribes, within which they may pursue all their
+customs and habits of life, and indulge themselves in savagery, being
+also subsisted thereon to the extent <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>of their actual necessities, but
+outside of which bands or parties are liable to be struck by the
+military at any time, without warning, and without any implied hostility
+to those members of the tribe who remain on their reservation, and
+deport themselves according to the conditions of the compact. The
+brilliant campaign of Gen. Crook in Arizona during the past season has
+been prosecuted with the most scrupulous observance of the reservation
+system, as marked out by the government, and accepted by the Indians
+themselves. Such a use of the military arm constitutes no abandonment of
+the "peace policy," and involves no disparagement of it. Military
+operations thus conducted are not in the nature of war, but of
+discipline, and are so recognized by the tribes whose marauding bands
+and parties are scourged back to the reservations by the troops. The
+effect of all this is something more than negative. It does not merely
+serve to chastise offending individuals and parties without a breach of
+peace with the tribe; but it is made the means of impressing the less
+enterprising Indians with an increasing sense of the power of the
+government. It was not to be expected that the entire body of a warlike
+tribe would consent to be <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>restrained in their Ishmaelitish proclivities
+without a struggle on the part of the more audacious to maintain their
+traditional freedom. The reservation system allows this issue to be
+fought out between our troops and the more daring of the savages,
+without involving in the contest tribes with which our army in its
+present numbers is wholly inadequate to cope.</p>
+
+<p>Nor will the full effect of this consideration be appreciated if it be
+not borne in mind that the Indian is intensely susceptible to severe
+punishment. His own wars are so bloodless, his skirmishing tactics so
+cowardly and resultless, that the savage fighting of the whites, their
+eagerness for close quarters, and their deadly earnestness when engaged
+hand to hand, impress him with a strange terror. With him, as with all
+persons and peoples in whom the imagination is predominant, the effect
+of disaster is not measured by the actual loss and suffering entailed,
+but by the source, the shape, the suddenness, of it. Indeed, it is
+astonishing how completely the spirit of an Indian tribe may be broken
+by a catastrophe which does not necessarily impair its fighting power.</p>
+
+<p>Nor even is it necessary that the Indian's <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>sense of justice should be
+met by the chastisement received. Undiscriminating in his own revenge,
+he does not look for nicely measured retribution on the part of his
+enemy. Hence it is that certain of the so-called&mdash;and sometimes properly
+so called&mdash;massacres perpetrated by the army, or by frontier militia,
+have had very different results from what would have been predicted by
+persons familiar only with habits of thought and feeling among our own
+people.<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a> Injustice and cruelty exasperate men of our race; but the
+Indian is never other than cruel and unjust under resentment. Let him
+feel that he has been injured by a white man, and he will tomahawk the
+first white man he meets, without a thought whether his victim be guilty
+or innocent. Let him suffer at the hand of a member of a neighboring
+tribe, and he will lie all day in wait for another member <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>of that tribe
+with just as much anticipation of gratified hate as if he awaited the
+footsteps of the wrong-doer. Nay, let him have a feud with one of his
+own blood, and he will devote the speechless babes of his enemy to his
+infernal malice. Here, undoubtedly, we find the explanation of the fact
+that massacres, damnable in plot and circumstance, have struck such
+deadly and lasting terror into tribes of savages; while, occurring
+between nations of whites, they would have kindled the flames of war to
+inextinguishable fury.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>We have thus far treated the question, What shall be done with the
+Indian as an obstacle to the progress of railways and of
+settlements?&mdash;to the exclusion of the inquiry, What shall be done to
+promote his advancement in industry and the arts of life?&mdash;not merely
+because, for all those tribes and bands to which the first question
+applies (i. e. those which are potentially hostile, and towards which
+the government is, as we have attempted to show, bound in interest and
+humanity to exercise great forbearance till they shall cease to be
+formidable to the settlements and to the pioneers of settlement), that
+question is, in logical order, precedent to any discussion of methods to
+be <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>taken to educate and civilize them; but also because it is in effect
+likewise precedent to any deliberate, comprehensive, and permanent
+adjustment of the difficulties experienced in treating the Indian tribes
+which are neither hostile in disposition nor formidable by reason of
+their situation or their numbers. So long as the attention of the
+executive department is occupied by efforts to preserve the peace; so
+long as Congress is asked yearly to appropriate three millions of
+dollars to feed and clothe insolent savages; so long as the public mind
+is exasperated by reports of Indian outrages occurring in any section of
+the country,&mdash;so long will it be vain to expect an adequate treatment of
+the question of Indian civilization.</p>
+
+<p>It must not be understood that nothing is being done for the industrial
+and moral instruction of the peaceful and more advanced tribes<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_E_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a>
+pending the reduction of their turbulent <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>brethren to terms; but the
+efforts, and expenditures of the present time fall far short of the
+completeness and consistency necessary to constitute a system. Much that
+is doing is in compliance with treaty stipulations, and hence is well
+done, whether it have any practical result or not. Much, again, of what
+is doing, although so inadequate to the necessities of the situation as
+to yield no positive results, is preventing waste by keeping up
+established services and agencies, and, in a measure, preserving the
+character and habits of the Indians from further deterioration. Much,
+still, is in the way of experiment, from which may be derived many
+valuable principles and suggestions for the treatment of the Indian
+question on the larger scale which will be necessary in the future.
+Much, however, it must be confessed, is done out of an uneasy desire to
+do something for this unfortunate people, or in generous response to
+appeals from persons in official or private station who have chanced to
+become particularly interested in the welfare of individual tribes and
+bands, and thereafter fail not (small blame to them) to beset Congress
+and the departments for special consideration and provision for their
+<i>prot&eacute;g&eacute;s</i>. It can scarcely need to be remarked, that these are not the
+ways to constitute a system.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>It is a question not a little perplexing, What shall be done with the
+Indian when he shall be thrown helpless on our government and people?
+What <i>has</i> been done with tribes and bands which have reached this
+condition has been, as we have said, of every description; and the
+results have been not less various. We have had guardianship of the
+strictest sort. We have tried industrial experiments on more than one
+plan, and have attempted the thorough industrial education of Indian
+communities as a security for their social advancement. We have, on
+other occasions, let the Indian severely alone just so soon as it was
+ascertained that his power for harm had ceased, and have left him to
+find his place in the social and industrial scale; to become fisherman,
+lumberman, herdsman, menial, beggar, or thief, according to aptitude or
+accident, or the wants of the community at large. True it is that the
+modes adopted, in fact, in dealing with particular tribes, have
+generally been due to chance or to the caprices of administration; true,
+also, that the experiments which have been made do not reflect much
+credit on the sagacity of the superior race to which have been intrusted
+the destinies of the red man: but there has been a vast amount of
+good-nature and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>benevolent intention exhibited; the experiments have
+been in many directions, and have covered a large field; and while the
+results, in the manifest want of adaptation of means to ends, and of
+operations to material, cannot be deemed wholly conclusive of the
+philosophy of the situation, yet very much can be learned from them that
+bears upon the questions of the present day. As has been stated, the
+issues of the experiments tried have been of every kind. To assertions
+that the Indian cannot be civilized, can be opposed instances of Indian
+communities which have attained a very considerable degree of
+advancement in all the arts of life. To the more cautious assertion,
+that, while the tribes which subsist chiefly on a vegetable diet are
+susceptible of being tamed and improved, the meat-eating Indians, the
+buffalo and antelope hunters, are hopelessly intractable and savage, can
+be opposed instances of such tribes which, in an astonishingly short
+time, have been influenced to abandon the chase, to undertake
+agricultural pursuits, to labor with zeal and patience, to wear white
+man's clothes, send their children to school, attend church on Sunday,
+and choose their officers by ballot. To the assertion that the Indian,
+however seemingly reclaimed, and for a time <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>regenerated, still retains
+his savage propensities and animal appetites, and will sooner or later
+relapse into barbarism, can be opposed instances of slow and steady
+growth in self-respect and self-control, extending over two generations,
+without an indication of the tendencies alleged. To assertions that the
+Indian cannot resist either physical or moral corruption by contact with
+the whites, that he inevitably becomes subject to the baser elements of
+civilized communities, that every form of infectious or contagious
+disease becomes doubly fatal to him, and that he learns all the vices
+but none of the virtues of society, can be opposed instances of tribes
+which have freely mingled with the whites without debasement, and have
+acquired the arts of civilized life with no undue proportion of its
+evils. To the assertion that the Indian must gradually decline in
+numbers and decay in strength, his life fading out before the intenser
+life which he encounters, can be offered instances of the steady
+increase in population of no small number of tribes and bands in
+immediate contact with settlements, and subject to the full force of
+white influence.</p>
+
+<p>And yet it is undeniably true that many of the experiments have failed
+in a greater or less degree; <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>that in some cases the Indians most
+neglected have done better for themselves than those who have received
+the care and bounty of the government; that many tribes and bands which
+had apparently emerged from their barbarous condition have miserably
+fallen back into sloth and vicious habits; that the meat-eaters, who
+constitute the bulk of the tribes with which the latest advances of our
+settlements and railways have brought us in contact, are exceptionally
+wild and fierce; that the experiment of Indian civilization has far more
+chances of success when it is tried under conditions that allow of
+freedom from excitement, and thorough seclusion from foreign influences;
+and, finally, that Indian blood, thus far in the history of the country,
+has tended decidedly towards extinction.</p>
+
+<p>The Board of Indian Commissioners, in their Report for 1872, make the
+statement that "nearly five-sixths of all the Indians of the United
+States and Territories are now either civilized or partially civilized."
+(Report, p. 3.) The Commissioner of Indian Affairs, in his report of the
+same date, places the number of reclaimed savages somewhat lower,
+dividing the three hundred thousand Indians within the limits of the
+United States as follows: <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>civilized, ninety-seven thousand;
+semi-civilized, one hundred and twenty-five thousand; wholly barbarous,
+seventy-eight thousand. He is, however, careful to explain that the
+division is made "according to a standard taken with reasonable
+reference to what might fairly be expected of a race with such
+antecedents and traditions." Perhaps, on a strict construction of the
+word "semi-civilized," the Indian Office might assent to take off twenty
+or thirty thousand from the number stated.</p>
+
+<p>We all know what a savage Indian is. What is a civilized Indian?&mdash;what a
+semi-civilized Indian? To what degree of industry, frugality, and
+sobriety can the Indian be brought? How well does he repay efforts and
+expenditures for his enlightenment and his advancement in the arts of
+life? How far does he hold his own when once fairly started on his
+course by the bounty of the government or by philanthropic enterprise,
+instructed and equipped, with no obstacles in his way, and with no
+interruptions from without? What, in short, may we reasonably expect
+from this people? What have they done for themselves? or what has been
+done with them in the past? It is doubtful whether zeal or ignorance is
+more responsible for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>the confusion which exists in the public mind in
+respect to this entire matter of Indian civilization. The truth will be
+best shown by examples.</p>
+
+<p>The Cherokees, who originally owned and occupied portions of the States
+of Georgia, Alabama, and Tennessee, have now a reservation of nearly
+four million acres in the tract known as the Indian Territory. They
+number about fifteen thousand, and are increasing. They have their own
+written language, their national constitution and laws, their churches,
+schools, and academies, their judges and courts. Their dwellings consist
+of five hundred frame and three thousand five hundred log houses. During
+the year 1872 they raised three million bushels of corn, besides large
+quantities of wheat, oats, and potatoes, their aggregate crops being
+greater than those of New Mexico and Utah combined. Their stock consists
+of sixteen thousand horses, seventy-five thousand neat-cattle, one
+hundred and sixty thousand hogs, and nine thousand sheep. It is
+needless, after such an enumeration of stock and crops, to say that they
+not only support themselves, but sell largely to neighboring communities
+less disposed to agriculture. The Cherokees have sixty schools in
+operation, with an aggregate attendance of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>two thousand one hundred and
+thirty-three scholars. Three of these schools are maintained for the
+instruction of their former negro slaves. All orphans of the tribe are
+supported at the public expense. The Cherokees are the creditors of the
+United States in the sum of a million seven hundred and sixteen thousand
+dollars, on account of lands and claims ceded and relinquished by them.
+The interest on this sum is annually paid by the treasurer of the United
+States to "the treasurer of the Cherokee nation," to be used under the
+direction of the national council for objects prescribed by law or
+treaty.</p>
+
+<p>From the statements made above, all upon the authority of official
+reports, it will doubtless appear to every candid reader that the
+Cherokees are entitled to be ranked among civilized communities. Their
+condition is far better than that of the agricultural classes of
+England; and they are not inferior in intelligence or in the ability to
+assert their rights.</p>
+
+<p>There are in the Indian Territory several other important tribes, and a
+number of small and broken bands, aggregating forty or forty-five
+thousand persons, who are in the same general condition as the
+Cherokees, and are <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>equally&mdash;though not, perhaps, in every case, with
+quite as much emphasis&mdash;entitled to be called civilized. Nor are the
+Indians of this class confined to the Indian Territory so called. They
+are found in Kansas and Nebraska, in New York, Michigan, Wisconsin, and
+Minnesota, and upon the Pacific coast. The ninety or one hundred
+thousand Indians thus characterized will bear comparison, on the three
+points of industry, frugality, and sobriety, with an equal population
+taken bodily out of any agricultural district in the Southern or border
+States. In general intelligence and political aptitude they are still
+necessarily below the lowest level of American citizenship, if we
+exclude the newly-enfranchised element and the poor white population of
+a few districts of the South.</p>
+
+<p>It is just and proper to call an Indian semi-civilized, no matter how
+humble his attainments, when he has taken one distinct, unmistakable
+step from barbarism; since "it is the first step that costs."</p>
+
+<p>The Sioux of the Lake Traverse agency in Dakota number about fifteen
+hundred,&mdash;to be exact, fourteen hundred and ninety-six. These were of
+the Indians of Minnesota, and escaped to the West after the massacre of
+1862, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>though claiming to have been innocent of participation in it.
+They are genuine specimens of the Indian race in its pure form. They
+have within three or four years made considerable progress in
+agriculture. Nearly all the men have of choice adopted the dress of the
+whites. Great interest is manifested in the education of the children of
+the tribe: four schools are in operation, with an attendance of one
+hundred and twenty-three scholars; and two more schoolhouses are in
+course of erection. By the provisions of the treaty of 1867, only the
+sick, the infirm, aged widows, and orphans of tender years, are to be
+supported by the government. The number thus enrolled for subsistence
+during the past year was six hundred and sixty, made up as follows:
+ninety-two men, aged, infirm, blind, crippled, &amp;c.; two hundred and
+sixty-four women of various conditions; one hundred and eighteen
+children under seven years; one hundred and eighty-six children between
+seven and sixteen years. The remainder of the tribe supported themselves
+fully by their own labor. The agent says, "It is highly gratifying to be
+able to report commendable progress in agriculture by these Sisseton and
+Wahpeton Sioux on this reservation, who, almost to a man, have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>become
+fully satisfied that they cannot any longer rely upon the chase, but
+must of necessity turn their attention to the cultivation of the soil
+and stock-growing, for the future, as the only reliable source of
+subsistence. Many of them have learned to work; and some of them have
+learned to love to work as well; and they evidently enjoy the labor of
+their hands."</p>
+
+<p>Tribes which show a higher actual attainment might have been taken for
+illustration out of the semi-civilized list; but these have been chosen,
+first, because they are meat-eating Indians, and secondly, because the
+plan of partial support adopted with them is the one most likely to be
+applied to all the Sioux bands, as fast as the government shall find
+itself in a position peremptorily to control their actions and
+movements.</p>
+
+<p>Again: we select the Pawnees, numbering twenty-four hundred and
+forty-seven, for illustration, for the reason that they have been long
+distinguished over all the plains for their warlike power and ferocity,
+yet, under the care and instruction of the government, have within three
+years made a great degree of progress in three most important respects,
+as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>First, while the Pawnees, from their situation, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>are still enabled and
+disposed to go upon the summer hunt, they are already engaged to a small
+extent, and with encouraging success, in the raising of vegetables and
+garden products, and even of corn and wheat. Two hundred and ten acres
+were planted by them last year in the several crops.</p>
+
+<p>Second, while the chiefs and braves of the tribe still look to their
+traditional resource of hunting, the children of the tribe generally are
+being carefully instructed in letters and in labor. The day-schools and
+the manual-labor schools of the Pawnees have elicited the most
+enthusiastic praise from all persons, official or private, who have
+visited the reservation.</p>
+
+<p>Third,&mdash;and this is a point to which we ask special attention, as
+indicating capabilities of higher things than are usually credited of
+Indians,&mdash;the inveterate and ferocious animosities of the Pawnees toward
+the Brul&eacute; Sioux have been so far sacrificed to the requirements of the
+government and the personal entreaties of their agent, that the past
+summer witnessed the phenomenon, astonishing to all who were cognizant
+of the deadly feuds existing for generations between these tribes, of
+Pawnees and Brul&eacute;s hunting almost <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>side by side, the camp-fires of both
+being distinctly visible upon the same plain, without a murder being
+committed, or so much as a horse stolen, by either party.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>If, then, we may assume that Indian civilization is not altogether
+impossible, let us inquire what should be the policy of the government
+towards the Indian tribes when they cease to be dangerous to our
+frontier population, and to oppose the progress of settlement, either by
+violence or by menace. In such a discussion, we are bound to have a
+reasonable consideration for the interests of the white man as well as
+for the rights of the red man, but above all to defer to whatever
+experience declares in respect to the conditions most favorable to the
+growth of self-respect and self-restraint in minds so strangely and
+unfortunately constituted as is the mind of the North American Indian.</p>
+
+<p><i>First.</i> The reservation system should be made the general and permanent
+policy of the government. By this is meant something more than that the
+Indians should not be robbed of their lands in defiance of treaty
+stipulations, or that the Indian title should be respected, and the
+Indians <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>maintained in possession until they can be made ready to cede
+their lands to the government, or to sell them, with the consent of the
+government, to the whites. The proposition is that the United States, as
+the only power competent to receive such lands by cession, or to
+authorize their sale, should formally establish the principle of
+separation and seclusion, without reference to the wishes either of the
+Indians or of encroaching whites; should designate by law an ample and
+suitable reservation for each tribe and band not entitled by treaty; and
+should, in any reductions thereafter requiring to be made, provide that
+such reductions shall be by cutting off distinct portions from the
+outside, and not in such a way as to allow veins of white settlement to
+be injected, no matter whether along a stream or along a railway.</p>
+
+<p>The principle of secluding Indians from whites for the good of both
+races is established by an overwhelming preponderance of authority.
+There are no mysterious reasons why this policy should be adopted: the
+considerations which favor it are plain and incontestable. The first is
+the familiar one, that the Indian is unfortunately disposed to submit
+himself to the lower and baser elements of civilized society, and to
+acquire the vices and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>not the virtues of the whites. This need not be
+dwelt upon; but there is still another consideration even more
+important, yet not generally apprehended. It is that an Indian tribe is
+a singularly homogeneous body,<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_F_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a> and, if not disturbed by the intrusion
+of alien and discordant elements, is susceptible of being governed and
+controlled with the greatest ease and effect. It is not necessary to
+point out the ways in which this peculiarity of the Indian character
+assists the agent of the government in his administration of a tribe, or
+to show how much more complete it makes his success, as, little by
+little, he is able, through the authority of the government, and the
+means of moral education at his disposal, to effect a change for the
+better in the public sentiment of the people under his charge.</p>
+
+<p>The number of Indians now having reservations secured to them by law or
+treaty is approximately 180,000. The number of such reservations is 92,
+ranging in extent from 288 acres to 40,750 square miles, and aggregating
+167,619 square miles. Of these reservations, 31, aggregating 2,693
+square <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>miles, are east of the Mississippi River; 42, aggregating
+144,838 square miles, are between the Mississippi and the Rocky
+Mountains; and 19, aggregating 20,068 square miles, are upon the Pacific
+slope. In addition to the above, 40,000 Indians, having no lands secured
+to them by treaty, have had reservations set apart for them by executive
+order, out of the public lands of the United States. The number of
+reservations thus set apart is 15, aggregating 59,544 square miles. The
+Indians thus located have, however, in the nature of the case, no
+assurance of their occupation of these lands beyond the pleasure of the
+executive.<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_G_7" class="fnanchor">[G]</a></p>
+
+<p>It must be evident to every one, on the simple statement of such facts
+as these, that the reservations, as at present constituted, do not
+consist with the permanent interests of either the Indian or the
+government. There are too many reservations: they occupy too much
+territory in the aggregate; and, what is worse, some of them
+unnecessarily obstruct the natural access of population to portions of
+territory not reserved, while others, by their neighborhood, render
+large tracts of otherwise available land undesirable for white
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>occupation. Indeed, it may be said that the present arrangement of
+reservations would constitute an almost intolerable affliction, were it
+to be maintained without change. Nor are the interests of the Indians
+any better served by the existing order. Many tribes, even were they
+disposed to agriculture, would not find suitable land within the limits
+assigned to them. Others are in a position to be incessantly disturbed
+and harassed by the whites. Others still, while they stand across the
+path of settlement, are themselves, by ill-considered treaty provisions,
+cut off from access to hunting-grounds, to fishing privileges, or to
+mountains abounding in natural roots and berries, which would be of the
+greatest value to them. When it is considered that the present body of
+reservations is the result of hundreds of treaties, made, too often, on
+the part of the government with ignorance and heedlessness, and on the
+part of the Indians with the childishness characteristic of the race,
+both parties being not infrequently deceived and betrayed by the
+interpreters employed; when it is considered, moreover, that many of
+these treaties have been negotiated in emergencies requiring immediate
+action,&mdash;it would be wonderful indeed if the scheme as it stood were not
+cumbersome and ineffective.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>It is manifest, therefore, that the next five or ten years must witness
+a general recasting of the scheme of Indian reservations. This is not to
+be accomplished by confiscating the Indian title, but by exchange, by
+cession, and by consolidation. Let Congress provide the necessary
+authority, under the proper limitations, for the executive departments,
+and the adjustment desired can be reached easily and amicably.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p><i>Second.</i> It is further evident, that, in recasting the scheme of
+reservations, the principal object should be, while preserving distinct
+the boundaries of every tribe, so to locate them that the territory
+assigned to the Indians west of the Mississippi shall constitute one or
+two grand reservations, with, perhaps, here and there a channel cut
+through, so to speak, by a railroad, so that the industries of the
+surrounding communities may not be unduly impeded. Such a consolidation
+of the Indian tribes into one or two great bodies would leave all the
+remaining territory of the United States open to settlement, without
+obstruction or molestation.</p>
+
+<p>Shall there be one general reservation east of the Rocky Mountains, or
+two? This is likely to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>be the most important Indian question of the
+immediate future. On the one hand, the recommendations of the executive,
+contained in both the Messages of the President and the Annual Reports
+of the Secretary of the Interior, for the past two or three years, have
+strongly favored the plan of a single reservation for all the tribes,
+North and South, East and West, who are not in a condition to become at
+an early day citizens of the United States and take their land in
+severalty. The reservation upon which it is proposed to thus collect the
+Indians of the United States is at present known as the "Indian
+Territory," although it actually contains but about one-quarter of the
+Indian population of the country. This tract covers all the territory
+lying between the States of Arkansas and Missouri on the east, and the
+one-hundredth meridian on the west, and between the State of Kansas on
+the north, and the Red River, the boundary of the State of Texas, on the
+south; comprising about seventy thousand square miles, and embracing a
+large body of the best agricultural lands west of the Mississippi. Upon
+this tract, it is claimed, can be gathered and subsisted all the Indians
+within the administrative control of the government, except such as are
+manifestly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>becoming ripe for citizenship in the States and Territories
+where they are now found. Computing the maximum number likely, on the
+successful realization of this scheme to be thus concentrated, at two
+hundred and fifty thousand, and taking the available lands within the
+district, exclusive of barren plains, of flint hills and sand hills, at
+an aggregate of thirty million acres, we should have one hundred and
+twenty acres for each man, woman, and child to be provided for.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, the original plan of Indian colonization, as
+contained in the report of Secretary Calhoun, accompanying the message
+of President Monroe, Jan. 27, 1825, contemplated two general
+reservations,&mdash;one in the North-west for the Indians of Algonquin and
+Iroquois stock, and another (being the present Indian Territory) in the
+South-west for the Appalachian Indians. The ethnographical symmetry of
+that plan has been hopelessly violated by the introduction into the
+Indian Territory, and even the incorporation with the Southern tribes,
+of individuals, broken bands, and even entire tribes, originally from
+the North and North-east. The bulk of the Shawnees, an Algonquin tribe,
+are actually incorporated with the Cherokees; two hundred of the
+Senecas, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>the very flower of the conquering Iroquois,<a name="FNanchor_H_8" id="FNanchor_H_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_H_8" class="fnanchor">[H]</a> occupy a small
+reservation in the north-eastern part of the Territory; while the
+remnants of the Quapaws, Ottawas, Peorias, Kaskaskias, Weas,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>Piankeshaws, Pottawatomies, and of the Sacs and Foxes,&mdash;all Algonquin
+tribes,&mdash;are found injected at various points along the northern and
+eastern frontier. At the same time, the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>south-western portion of the
+Territory is given up to tribes which are neither Algonquin, Iroquois,
+nor Appalachian in their original, but are of the races living
+immemorially beyond the Mississippi. It will thus appear that nothing
+like an ethnographical distribution of tribes has been attempted; and,
+indeed, these distinctions have long ceased, with the Indians
+themselves, to be of the slightest significance. But many of the
+physiological and practical reasons urged by Secretary Calhoun for a
+double Indian reservation still remain in full force. Nor does this
+scheme rest upon his authority alone. The Peace Commission of 1867 and
+1868, consisting of Indian Commissioner Taylor, Senator Henderson, Gens.
+Sherman, Harney, Terry, and Augur, of the army, and Messrs. Sanborn and
+Tappan, concurred in the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>recommendation of two reservations for tribes
+east of the Rocky Mountains.</p>
+
+<p>We are disposed to hold, not only that the reason of the case inclines
+to the plan of two general reservations, but that the matter will be
+settled practically in that way by the aversion and horror which the
+Northern Indians feel at the thought of moving to the South. Regarding
+the Indian Territory, as they do, though with no sufficient reason, as
+the graveyard of their race, there is ground for apprehension that, if
+the project be too suddenly sprung upon them, or pressed too far, the
+repugnance of some of these tribes may culminate in outbreaks like those
+with which the Black Hawk and Seminole wars commenced. There can,
+however, be no objection to the experiment being tried in such a way as
+not to endanger the peace. Certain of the Northern tribes, notably the
+confederated Cheyennes and Arapahoes, and the confederated Arickarees
+and Mandans, manifest much less antipathy to removal than others, by
+reason of their relationship to Indians South, or of exceptional
+inconveniences sustained in their present location. If such tribes could
+be amicably induced to go to the Indian Territory, their experiences, if
+fortunate, might <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>serve in time to remove the prejudices existing among
+the Northern Indians generally.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p><i>Third.</i> The intrusion of whites upon lands reserved to Indians should
+be provided against by legislation suited to the necessities of the
+case. By the Indian Intercourse Act of 1834 it was made a criminal
+offence to enter without authority the limits of any Indian reservation;
+and the prohibition was enforced by penalties adequate to the situation
+at that time. This provision, however, was aimed at individual
+intruders, rather than at organized expeditions completely equipped for
+offence or defence, and strong enough to maintain themselves against
+considerable bands of the savages, or the ordinary <i>posse comitatus</i> of
+a distant Territory. It is in the latter form that the invasion of
+Indian country now generally takes place;<a name="FNanchor_I_9" id="FNanchor_I_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_I_9" class="fnanchor">[I]</a> and for the purpose of
+resisting such <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>organized lawlessness, the Act of 1834 is far from
+sufficient. The executive may, it is true, in an extreme case, and by
+the exercise of one of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>highest acts of authority, make proclamation
+forbidding such combinations, and enforce the same by movements of
+troops, as would be done in the case of a threatened invasion of the
+soil of a neighboring friendly state. But this remedy is of such a
+violent nature, the odium and inconvenience occasioned thereby are so
+great, and the lawful limits of official action in such a resort are so
+ill-defined, that the executive is most unlikely to make use of it,
+except in rare and extreme cases. The eagerness of the average American
+citizen of the Territories for getting upon Indian lands amounts to a
+passion. The ruggedest flint hill of the Cherokees or Sioux is sweeter
+to him than the greenest pasture which lies open to him under the
+homestead laws of the United States. There is scarcely one of the
+ninety-two reservations at present established on which white men have
+not effected a lodgement: many swarm with squatters, who hold their
+place by intimidating the rightful owners; while in more than one case
+the Indians have been wholly dispossessed, and are wanderers upon the
+face of the earth. So far have these forms of usurpation been carried at
+times in Kansas, that an Indian reservation there might be defined as
+that portion of the soil of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>State on which the Indians have no
+rights whatsoever.</p>
+
+<p>Now, while it cannot be denied that there is something in all this
+suggestive of the reckless daring and restless enterprise to which the
+country owes so much of its present greatness, it is yet certain that
+such intrusion upon Indian lands is in violation of the faith of the
+United States, endangers the peace (as it has more than once enkindled
+war), and renders the civilization of tribes and bands thus encroached
+upon almost hopeless. The government is bound, therefore, in honor and
+in interest, to provide ample security for the integrity of Indian
+reservations; and this can only be done by additional and most stringent
+legislation.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p><i>Fourth.</i> The converse of the proposition contained under the preceding
+head is equally true and equally important. Indians should not be
+permitted to abandon their tribal relations, and leave their
+reservations to mingle with the whites, except upon express authority of
+law. We mean by this something more than that a "pass system" should be
+created for every tribe under the control of the government, to prevent
+individual <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>Indians from straying away for an occasional debauch at the
+settlements. It is essential that the right of the authorities to keep
+members of any tribe upon the reservation assigned to them, and to
+arrest and return such as may from time to time wander away and seek to
+ally themselves with the whites, should be definitely established, and
+the proper forms and methods of procedure in such cases be fixed and
+prescribed by law. Without this, whenever these people become restive
+under compulsion to labor, they will break away in their old roving
+spirit, and stray off in small bands to neighboring communities. No
+policy of industrial education and restraint can be devised to meet the
+strong hereditary disinclination of the Indian to labor and to frugality
+which will not, in its first courses, tend to make him dissatisfied and
+rebellious. Nothing but the knowledge that he must stay on his
+reservation, and do all that is there prescribed for him; that he will
+not be permitted to throw off his connection with his people, and stray
+away to meet his own fate, unprovided, uninstructed, and
+unrestrained,&mdash;will, under any adequate system of moral and industrial
+correction and education, prevent a general breaking-up of Indian
+communities, and the formation <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>of Indian gypsy-camps all over the
+frontier States and Territories, to be sores upon the public body, and
+an intolerable affliction to the future society of those communities.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p><i>Fifth.</i> A rigid reformatory control should be exercised by the
+government over the lives and manners of the Indians of the several
+tribes, particularly in the direction of requiring them to learn and
+practise the arts of industry, at least until one generation shall have
+been fairly started on a course of self-improvement. Merely to disarm
+the savages, and to surround them by forces which it is impossible for
+them to resist, leaving it to their own choice how miserably they will
+live, and how much they shall be allowed to escape work, is to render it
+highly probable that the great majority of the now roving Indians will
+fall hopelessly into a condition of pauperism and petty crime.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Unused to manual labor, and physically disqualified for it by
+the habits of the chase, unprovided with tools and implements,
+without forethought and without self-control, singularly
+susceptible to evil influences, with strong animal appetites,
+and no intellectual tastes or aspirations to hold those
+appetites in check, it would be to assume more than <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>would be
+taken for granted of any white race under the same conditions,
+to expect that the wild Indians will become industrious and
+frugal except through a severe course of industrial
+instruction and exercise under restraint."&mdash;<i>Report on Indian
+Affairs</i>, 1872, p. 11.</p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>The right of the government to exact, in this particular, all that the
+good of the Indian and the good of the general community may require is
+not to be questioned. The same supreme law of the public safety which
+to-day governs the condition of eighty thousand paupers and forty
+thousand criminals, within the States of the Union, affords ample
+authority and justification for the most extreme and decided measures
+which may be adjudged necessary to save this race from itself, and the
+country from the intolerable burden of pauperism and crime which the
+race, if left to itself, will certainly inflict upon a score of future
+States.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p><i>Sixth.</i> The provision made by the government for the partial
+subsistence of Indian tribes through the long and painful transition
+from the hunter life to the agricultural state, for their instruction
+and equipment in industrial pursuits, and for starting them finally on a
+course of full <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>self-support and economical independence, should be
+liberal and generous, even to an extreme. The experiment should not be
+allowed to encounter any chances of failure which may be avoided by
+expenditure of money. The claim of the Indian in this respect is of the
+strongest. He has no right to prevent the settling of this continent by
+a race which has not only the power to conquer, but the disposition to
+improve and adorn the land which he has suffered to remain a wilderness.
+Yet to some royalty upon the product of the soil the Indian is
+incontestably entitled as the original occupant and possessor. The
+necessities of civilization may justify a somewhat summary treatment of
+his rights, but cannot justify a confiscation of them. The people of the
+United States can never without dishonor refuse to respect two
+considerations,&mdash;first, that the Indians were the original occupants and
+owners of substantially all the territory embraced within our limits;
+that their title of occupancy has been recognized by all civilized
+powers having intercourse with them, and has been approved in nearly
+four hundred treaties concluded by the United States with individual
+tribes and bands; and, therefore, every tribe and band that is deprived
+of its roaming privilege and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>confined to a "diminished reservation" is
+clearly entitled to compensation, either directly or in the form of
+expenditures for its benefit: second, that, inasmuch as the progress of
+our industrial enterprise is fast cutting this people off from modes of
+livelihood entirely sufficient for them, and suited to them, and is
+leaving them without resource, they have a claim, on this account again,
+to temporary support and to such assistance as may be necessary to place
+them in a position to obtain a livelihood by means which shall be
+compatible with civilization.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Had the settlements of the United States not been extended
+beyond the frontier of 1867, all the Indians of the continent
+would to the end of time have found upon the plains an
+inexhaustible supply of food and clothing. Were the westward
+course of population to be stayed at the barriers of to-day,
+notwithstanding the tremendous inroads made upon their
+hunting-grounds since 1867, the Indians would still have hope
+of life. But another such five years will see the Indians of
+Dakota and Montana as poor as the Indians of Nevada and
+Southern California; that is, reduced to an habitual condition
+of suffering from want of food. The freedom of expansion which
+is working these results is to us of incalculable value: to
+the Indian it is of incalculable cost."&mdash;<i>Report on Indian
+Affairs</i>, 1872, p. 10.</p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+
+<p><i>Seventh.</i> It is, further, highly desirable, in order to avoid the
+possibility of an occasional failure in such provision for the immediate
+wants of the Indians, and for their advancement in the arts of life and
+industry, and also to secure comprehensiveness and consistency in the
+general scheme, that the endowments for the several tribes and bands
+should be capitalized and placed in trust for their benefit, out of the
+reach of accident or caprice. Annual appropriations for such purposes,
+according to the humor of Congress, will of necessity be far less
+effective for good than would an annual income of a much smaller amount,
+arising from permanent investments.</p>
+
+<p>To a considerable extent this has already been effected. For not a few
+tribes and bands provision has been made by law and treaty which places
+them beyond the reach of serious suffering in the future, and which, if
+their income be judiciously administered, will afford them substantial
+assistance towards final self-support. Stocks to the value of
+$4,810,716.83&#8532; are held by the Secretary of the Interior in trust for
+certain tribes; while credits to the aggregate amount of $5,905,474.59
+are inscribed on the books of the United States Treasury in favor of the
+same or other tribes, on <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>account of the sales of lands, or other
+consideration received by the government,<a name="FNanchor_J_10" id="FNanchor_J_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_J_10" class="fnanchor">[J]</a> making a permanent
+endowment of nearly ten millions of dollars, the Indians sharing in the
+benefits thereof numbering in the aggregate nearly eighty thousand.
+Computing the average annual return from these funds at five and
+one-half per cent, we should have an assured income of five hundred and
+fifty thousand dollars a year, or about seven dollars for each man,
+woman, and child. Moreover, most of these tribes have still large bodies
+of lands which they can dispose of sooner or later, from which funds of
+twice the amount already secured may by honest and judicious management
+be realized; so that, taking these eighty thousand Indians as a body,
+they may be regarded as having a reasonable assurance of funds yielding
+an annual income of twenty dollars a head. Their general character and
+condition being considered, this may be accepted as an amply sufficient
+endowment, placing their future in their own hands, giving them all the
+opportunities and appliances that could reasonably be asked for them,
+and securing them against the calamities and reverses which inevitably
+beset the first stages of industrial progress.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>Unfortunately, the same wise provision for the future has not been made
+in the case of other Indians who have ceded or surrendered to the
+government the main body of their lands. There is a painfully long list
+of tribes that have to show for their inheritance only a guaranty on the
+part of the United States of certain expenditures, more or less
+beneficial, for a series of years longer or shorter, as the case may be.
+The Report on Indian Affairs for 1872 (pp. 418-430) states the aggregate
+of future appropriations that will be required during a limited number
+of years to pay limited annuities at $15,819,310.46. The annuities
+covered by this computation have from one to twenty-seven years to run
+(the average term being about seven years), and embrace almost every
+variety of goods and services which human ingenuity could suggest. Many
+of the things stipulated to be given to the Indians, or to be done for
+them, are admirable in themselves, but far in advance of the present
+requirements of the tribes; and the expenditures involved are therefore
+perfectly useless. Other things would be well enough if the Indians
+could have every thing they wanted, but are absurd and mischievous as
+taking the place of what is absolutely essential to their well-being.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>Of other things embraced in the schedule of annual appropriations, it
+can only be said that the Indians need them no more than a toad needs a
+pocket-book. For such waste of Indian moneys the responsibility rests in
+many cases upon the commissioners, who, on the part of the United
+States, negotiated the treaties under which these appropriations are
+annually made. Had they been half as solicitous for the future of the
+Indians as they were for the attainment of the immediate object of
+negotiation, the government would have been left free to apply the
+amounts, to be paid in consideration for cessions, in such manner as to
+make them of substantial benefit; or, better still, the amounts would
+have been capitalized, and a permanent income secured. As it is, many
+tribes now see approaching the termination of annuities which have for
+many years been paid them with the very minimum of advantage, and have
+no prospect beyond but that of being thrown, uninstructed and
+unprovided, upon their own barbarous resources.</p>
+
+<p>Let us illustrate. A tribe makes a treaty with the United States, ceding
+the great body of their lands, and accepting a diminished reservation
+sufficient for their actual occupation. In <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>consideration, it is
+provided that there shall be maintained upon the reservation, for the
+term of fifteen years, at the expense of the United States, a
+superintendent of teaching and two teachers, a superintendent of farming
+and two farmers, two millers, two blacksmiths, a tinsmith, a gunsmith, a
+carpenter, and a wagon and plough maker, with shops and material for all
+these mechanical services. This "little bill" is presumably made up
+without much reference to the peculiarities in character and condition
+of the tribe to be benefited by the expenditures involved. As soon as
+the treaty goes into effect, the United States in good faith fulfil
+their part of the bargain. The shops are built, the employees enlisted;
+and the government, through its agent, stands ready to civilize the
+Indians to almost any extent. But, unfortunately, the Indians are not
+ready to be civilized. The glow of industrial enthusiasm, which was
+created by the metaphorical eloquence of the commissioners in council
+dies away under the first experiment of hard work: an hour at the plough
+nearly breaks the back of the wild man wholly unused to labor: his pony,
+a little wilder still, jumps now on one side of the furrow and now on
+the other, and finally settles the question by kicking <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>itself free of
+the galling harness, and disappears for the day. The Indian, a sadder
+and wiser man, betakes himself to the chase, and thereafter only visits
+the shops, maintained at so much expense by the government, to have his
+gun repaired, or to get a strap or buckle for his riding-gear. But still
+the treaty expenditures go on: the United States are every year loyally
+furnishing what has been stipulated; and the Indian is every year one
+instalment nearer the termination of all his claims upon the government.
+Meanwhile, population is closing around the reservation: the animals of
+the chase are disappearing before the presence of the white man, and the
+sound of the pioneer's axe: scantier and scantier grow the natural means
+of subsistence, fainter and fainter the attractions of the chase; and
+when at last hunger drives the Indian in to the agency, made ready by
+suffering to learn the white man's ways of life, the provisions of the
+treaty are well-nigh expired. One, three, or five years pass. All the
+instalments have been honorably paid: the appropriation committees of
+Congress, with sighs of relief, cross off the name of the tribe from the
+list of beneficiaries; and another body of Indians, uninstructed and
+unprovided, are left to shift for themselves.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>The importance of the subject will justify us in dwelling so long upon
+it. Of the expenditures made within the last twenty years under treaty
+stipulations, probably not one-half has been directed to uses which the
+government would have chosen, had it been free to choose. It is most
+melancholy thus to see the scanty patrimony of this people squandered on
+worthless objects, or dissipated in efforts necessarily fruitless. The
+action of Congress at its last session, in authorizing the diversion of
+sums appropriated under treaty stipulations to other specific uses, at
+the discretion of the President and with the consent of the Indians, is
+a step in the right direction. But the time has come for a complete and
+comprehensive fiscal scheme, looking to the realization from Indian
+lands of the largest possible avails, and their capitalization and
+investment upon terms and conditions which will secure the future of the
+several tribes, so far as human wisdom may be able to feet this.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the lands held by the eighty thousand Indians who have
+already been spoken of as amply endowed, there are one hundred thousand
+square miles of territory yet secured by treaty to Indian tribes
+aggregating one hundred <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>thousand persons. Besides these, forty thousand
+Indians enjoy, by executive order, the occupation of other sixty
+thousand square miles of territory, which, or the substantial equivalent
+of which, should be secured to them by law for their ultimate endowment.
+It is to these lands that such a fiscal scheme as has been indicated
+should be applied. The reservations assigned to tribes and bands are
+generally proportioned to the needs of the Indians in a roving state,
+with hunting and fishing as their chief means of subsistence. As the
+Indians change to agriculture, the effect is to contract the limits of
+actual occupation, rendering portions available for cession or sale,
+which with proper management may be so disposed of, without impairing
+the integrity of the reservation system, as to realize for nearly every
+tribe and band a fund equal, <i>per capita</i>, to that of many of the
+civilized tribes of the Indian Territory. But this cannot be done by
+helter-skelter or haphazard administration. The subject must be taken up
+as a whole, broadly considered, and intelligently treated, and the
+scheme which shall be adopted thereafter be regarded as not less sacred
+than the compromises of the Constitution, or than existing treaty
+obligations.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>For the tribes and bands having no reservations secured to them,
+separate provision should be made. These number about fifty thousand
+persons, deduction being made of such as already have their lands in
+severalty, or as are hopelessly scattered among the settlements. Many of
+these tribes and bands might, with the assistance of the government,
+advantageously "buy themselves in" to the privileges of tribes already
+provided for, without involving any further donation of lands.</p>
+
+<p>Where it is found impracticable thus to place the unprovided bands, the
+government should secure their location and endowment separately. Their
+right is no less clear than the right of other tribes which had the
+fortune to deal with the United States before Congress put an end to the
+treaty system. We have received the soil from them; and we have
+extinguished their only means of subsistence. Either consideration would
+be sufficient to require us, in simple justice, to find them a place and
+ways to live.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>The foregoing constitute what we regard as the essential features of an
+Indian policy which shall seek positively and actively the reformation
+of life and manners among the Indians under the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>control of the
+government, as opposed to the policy of hastening the time when all
+these tribes shall be resolved into the body of our citizenship, without
+seclusion and without restraint, letting such as will, go to the dogs,
+letting such as can, find a place for themselves in the social and
+industrial order, the responsibility of the government or our people for
+the choice of either or the fate of either being boldly denied;
+suffering, meanwhile, without precaution and without fear, such
+debasement in blood and manners to be wrought upon the general
+population of the country as shall be incident to the absorption of this
+race, relying upon the inherent vigor of our stock to assimilate much
+and rid itself of more, until, in the course of a few human generations,
+the native Indians, as a pure race or a distinct people, shall have
+disappeared from the continent.</p>
+
+<p>The reasons for maintaining that nothing less than a system of moral and
+industrial education and correction can discharge the government of its
+obligations to the Indians, or save the white population from an
+intolerable burden of pauperism, profligacy, and petty crime, have been
+presented sufficiently at length in this paper. The details of
+management and instruction need not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>be here discussed: most of them are
+within the administrative discretion of the department charged with
+Indian affairs; and, where power is wanting to the department, the good
+feeling of Congress may be safely trusted to give the necessary
+authority. But the points which have been presented are of vital
+consequence, and must, if the evils we apprehend are to be prevented, at
+an early date be embodied in legislation which shall provide means and
+penalties ample for its own enforcement.</p>
+
+<p>Are the Indians destined to die out? Are we to make such provision as
+has been indicated, or such other as the wisdom or unwisdom of the
+country shall determine, for a vanishing race? Or are the original
+inhabitants of the continent to be represented in the variously and
+curiously composed population which a century hence will constitute the
+political body of the United States? If this is to be in any appreciable
+degree one of the elements of our future population, will it be by
+mixture and incorporation? Or will the Indian remain a distinct type in
+our museum of humanity, submitting himself to the necessities of a new
+condition, adapting himself, as he may be able to do, to the laws and
+customs of his conquerors, but <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>preserving his own identity, and making
+his separate contribution to the life and manners of the nation?</p>
+
+<p>The answers to these questions will depend very much on the course to be
+followed in the immediate future with respect to the tribes not yet
+embraced within the limits of States of the Union. If, for the want of a
+definite and positive policy of instruction and restraint, they are left
+to scatter under the pressure of hunger, the intrusion of squatters and
+prospectors, or the seductions of the settlements, there is little doubt
+that the number of Indians of full blood will rapidly diminish, and the
+race, as a pure race, soon become extinct. But nothing could be more
+disastrous than this method of ridding the country of an undesirable
+element. Not only would it be more cruel to the natives than a war of
+extermination; but it would entail in the course of its accomplishment a
+burden of vice, disease, pauperism, and crime upon a score of new
+States, more intolerable than perpetual alarms or unintermitted war.</p>
+
+<p>But if, on the other hand, the policy of seclusion shall be definitely
+established by law and rigidly maintained, the Indians will meet their
+fate, whatever it may be, substantially as a whole <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>and as a pure race.
+White men will still be found, so low in natural instincts, or so
+alienated by misfortunes and wrongs, as to be willing to abandon
+civilization, and hide themselves in a condition of life where no
+artificial wants are known, and in communities where public sentiment
+makes no demand upon any member for aught in the way of achievement or
+self-advancement. Here such men, even now to be found among the more
+remote and hostile tribes, will, unless the savage customs of adoption
+are severely discountenanced by law, find their revenge upon humanity,
+or escape the tyranny of social observance and requirement. Half-breeds,
+bearing the names of French, English, and American employees of fur and
+trading companies, or of refugees from criminal justice "in the
+settlements," are to be found in almost every tribe and band, however
+distant. Many of them, grown to man's estate, are among the most daring,
+adventurous, and influential members of the warlike tribes, seldom
+wholly free from suspicion on account of their relation on one side to
+the whites, yet, by the versatility of their talents and the
+recklessness of their courage, commanding the respect and the fear of
+the purebloods, and, however incapable of leading the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>savages in better
+courses, powerful in a high degree for mischief.</p>
+
+<p>The white men, who, under the reservation system, are likely to become
+affiliated with Indian tribes as "squaw men," are, however, probably
+fewer than the Indian women who will be enticed away from their tribes
+to become the cooks and concubines of ranchmen. One is surprised even
+now, while travelling in the Territories, to note the number of cabins
+around which, in no small families, half-breed children are playing.
+However moralists or sentimentalists may look upon connections thus
+formed by men who are in effect beyond the pale of society and of law,
+they constitute already a distinct feature of border life; nor is any
+statute likely to prevent Indian women occasionally thus straying from
+their own people, or to compel their return so long as they are under
+the protection of white men.</p>
+
+<p>But, while the seclusion of the two races upon the frontier is certain
+to be thus broken in instances which will form no inconsiderable
+exception to the rule, the substantial purity of blood may be maintained
+by an early adjustment of reservations, the concentration of tribes, and
+the exercise of disciplinary control by their agents <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>over the movements
+of wandering parties. Whether, in such an event, the Indians, thus left
+to meet their fate by themselves, with reasonable provision by the
+government for their instruction in the arts of life and industry, will
+waste away in strength and numbers, is a question quite too large to be
+entered upon here. Popular beliefs and scientific opinion undoubtedly
+contemplate the gradual if not the speedy decline of Indian tribes when
+deprived of their traditional freedom of movement, pent up within limits
+comparatively narrow, and compelled to uncongenial occupations. But
+there is grave reason to doubt whether these causes are certain to
+operate in any such degree as to involve the practical extinction of the
+race within that immediate future on which we are accustomed to
+speculate, and for which we feel bound to make provision. On the
+contrary, there are many considerations and not a few facts which fairly
+intimate a possibility that the Indian may bear restriction as well as
+the negro has borne emancipation; and, like the negro, after a certain
+inevitable loss consequent upon a change so great and violent, adapt
+himself with increased vitality to new conditions. It is true that the
+transition, compulsory as to a great degree it must be, from <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>a wholly
+barbarous condition of life, which remains to be effected for the eighty
+to one hundred thousand Indians still outside the practical scope of the
+Indian service, is likely to further reduce, for some years to come, the
+aggregate number of this race; but it is not improbable that this will
+be coincident with a steady increase among the tribes known as
+civilized.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>In the foregoing discussion of the policy to be pursued in dealing with
+the Indians of the United States, there has been no disposition to mince
+matters, or to pick expressions. The facts and considerations deemed
+essential have been presented bluntly. Some who cannot bear to hear
+Indians spoken of as savages, or to contemplate the chastisement of
+marauding bands, may blame our frankness. But we hold fine sentiments to
+be out of place in respect to a matter like this, which in the present
+is one of life and death to thousands of our own flesh and blood, and in
+the future one of incalculable importance to a score of States yet to be
+formed out of the territory over which the wild tribes of to-day are
+roaming in fancied independence. The country has a right to the whole
+naked truth,&mdash;to learn <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>what security our fellow-citizens have for their
+lives, and also to learn what becomes of the seven millions of dollars
+annually collected in taxes and disbursed on Indian account.</p>
+
+<p>If the case has been fairly presented, it will doubtless appear to our
+readers, that, so far as the hostile and semi-hostile Indians are
+concerned, the government is merely temporizing with a gigantic evil,
+pocketing its dignity from considerations of humanity and economy, and
+awaiting the operation of causes both sure and swift, which must within
+a few years reduce the evil to dimensions in which it can be dealt with
+on principles more agreeable to the ideas and ways of our people.</p>
+
+<p>For the rest, it will be seen that the United States have, without much
+order or comprehension, but with a vast amount of good-will, undertaken
+enterprises involving considerable annual expenditures for the
+advancement of individual tribes and bands, but that the true permanent
+scheme for the management and instruction of the whole body of Indians
+within the control of the government is yet to be created. Let it not
+for a moment be pretended that the prospect is an agreeable one.
+Congress and the country might well wish to be well rid of the matter.
+No <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>subject of legislation could be more perplexing and irritating; nor
+can the outlay involved fail for many years to be a serious burden upon
+our industry. But the nation cannot escape its responsibility for the
+future of this race, soon to be thrown in entire helplessness upon our
+protection. Honor and interest urge the same imperative claim. An
+unfaithful treatment will only make the evil worse, the burden heavier.
+In good faith and good feeling we must take up this work of Indian
+civilization, and, at whatever cost, do our whole duty by this most
+unhappy people. Better that we should entail a debt upon our posterity
+on Indian account, were that necessary, than that we should leave them
+an inheritance of shame. We may have no fear that the dying curse of the
+red man, outcast and homeless by our fault, will bring barrenness upon
+the soil that once was his, or dry the streams of the beautiful land
+that, through so much of evil and of good, has become our patrimony; but
+surely we shall be clearer in our lives, and freer to meet the glances
+of our sons and grandsons, if in our generation we do justice and show
+mercy to a race which has been impoverished that we might be made rich.</p>
+
+<h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a> From "The North American Review," April, 1873.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_B_2"><span class="label">[B]</span></a> The writer does not intend to say that the citizens of the
+border States are always just or reasonable in their disposition towards
+the Indians. It cannot be denied, that, in the exasperation of conflict,
+they often commit atrocities rivalling those of the savages; that,
+moreover, under the smart of wrong, they are very often indiscriminating
+in their revenge, and do cruel injustice to peaceful bands; and that,
+with the recklessness characteristic of border talk, they indulge to a
+vast extent in denunciations of horrible sound. To this is added, that
+in such communities are found more than the usual number of persons of a
+natural malignity of disposition, often refugees from criminal justice,
+who delight in committing outrages upon the exposed and helpless members
+of an inferior race. The opinion which the writer has given above is
+entirely consistent with the present admissions. The animosities felt
+and expressed are not towards the Indians as Indians, but arise out of
+the sense of injuries suffered, and the apprehension of further
+suffering. Were the Indians once rendered, by the extension and
+strengthening of our settlements, powerless for harm, the easy
+tolerance, the rough good-nature, and the quick condonement of wrong,
+which characterize pioneer communities, would speedily reconcile the
+whites to their presence, and establish relations not wholly unworthy of
+both parties.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_C_3"><span class="label">[C]</span></a> The relations of the Arickarees&mdash;or, as they are commonly
+called, even in official reports, the 'Rees&mdash;to the government, form one
+of the most instructive chapters of Indian history. In 1838 the agent
+for the Upper Missouri Indian agency, in his annual report to the
+Department of Indian Affairs, used the following language in respect to
+this tribe:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="noin">The Riccaras have long been notorious for their treachery and
+barbarity, and, within my own recollection, have murdered and pillaged
+more of our citizens than all the other tribes between the western
+borders of Missouri and the heads of the Columbia River."&mdash;<i>Report on
+Indian Affairs</i>, 1838-9, p. 65.</p>
+
+<p class="noin">This is language which one might expect from the agent of some
+exceptionally troublesome band of Sioux. But, to the contrary, in
+another portion of his report (<i>Ib.</i> p. 64) the same agent says, "No
+Indians ever manifested a greater degree of friendship for the whites in
+general, or more respect for our government, than the Sioux." This
+report was made thirty-four years ago, the limit of one human
+generation. To-day the Sioux are among the most dangerous and
+troublesome Indians on the hands of the government, while the Arickarees
+are our fast friends and allies. Lieut.-Gen. Sheridan, in 1871, writing
+of these Indians, now located at Fort Berthold, says, "They have always
+been civil and well disposed, and have been repaid by the government
+with neglect and starvation. Of all Indians in the country, they were
+the best entitled to be looked after, and made happy and contented."
+Something, clearly, has made this difference; and an inquirer would
+doubtless find here an explanation of no small part of the difficulties
+which the United-States Government has experienced in dealing with the
+Indian tribes.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_D_4"><span class="label">[D]</span></a> To take one of the most recent examples: Col. Baker's
+attack upon a Piegan camp in 1869, even though it should be held to be
+justified on the ground of necessity, must be admitted to be utterly
+revolting in its conception and execution. Yet no merited chastisement
+ever wrought more instant and durable effects for good. The Piegans, who
+had been even more wild and intractable than the Sioux, have since that
+affair been orderly and peaceable. No complaints whatever are made of
+their conduct; and they are apparently as good Indians as can be found
+among the wholly uncivilized tribes.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_E_5"><span class="label">[E]</span></a> The Report on Indian Affairs for 1872 shows that, in
+addition to physicians, clerks, cooks, herders, teamsters, laborers, and
+interpreters, there are employed at all the agencies eighty-two teachers,
+eighty farmers, seventy-three blacksmiths, seventy-two carpenters,
+twenty-two millwrights and millers, seventeen engineers, eleven matrons of
+manual-labor schools, and three seamstresses.&mdash;<i>Report</i>, pp. 68-71.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_F_6"><span class="label">[F]</span></a> We are speaking of the tribe socially, not politically.
+Factions and faction wars are known to the Indian as well as to his
+betters.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_G_7"><span class="label">[G]</span></a> Report on Indian Affairs, 1872, p. 84.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_H_8" id="Footnote_H_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_H_8"><span class="label">[H]</span></a> The popular and doubtless the correct use of the word
+"Iroquois" confines it to the Five Nations (subsequently the Six
+Nations) of New York, which during the third quarter of the seventeenth
+century destroyed or dispersed successively the Hurons or Wyandots, the
+nation called (for the want of a more characteristic name) the Neutral
+Nation, the Andastes of the Susquehanna, and the Eries. These four large
+and important peoples were closely kindred to the Five Nations; and the
+term "Iroquois" was long applied to this entire family of tribes. Later
+in the history of the continent, it embraced only the Five (or Six)
+Nations for the best of good reasons, as this formidable confederacy had
+practically annihilated all the other branches of the family. The career
+of the Iroquois was simply terrific. Between 1649 and 1672 they had, as
+stated, accomplished the ruin of the four tribes of their own blood,
+containing in the aggregate a population far more numerous than their
+own. A feeble remnant, a few score in number, of the Wyandots, now
+survive, and are represented at Washington by an exceptionally shabby
+white man, who has received the doubtful honor of adoption into the
+tribe. These are all the recognizable remains of a nation once estimated
+to contain thirty thousand. The names of the Eries, the Andastes, and
+the Neutral Nation do not appear in any treaty with the United States.
+Many, doubtless, from all these tribes fled to Canada. Considerable
+numbers were also, according to the custom of the Five Nations, adopted
+by the conquerors to make good the waste of war.</p>
+
+<p class="noin">Nor did the Iroquois wait to complete the subjugation of their own
+kindred, before turning their arms against their Algonquin neighbors.
+The Delawares (Lenni Lenape, or Original Men) were subjugated almost
+coincidently with the Hurons; and the same year which brought the
+downfall of the Andastes witnessed the expulsion of the Shawnees from
+the valley of the Ohio. Re-enforced in 1712 by the Tuscaroras, a warlike
+tribe from the South, the Five Nations (now become the Six Nations)
+carried their conquests east and west, north and south. The tribes
+confronting the invaders in New England, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and
+Virginia were continually disturbed and distracted by their incursions.
+Taking the part of the English in the wars against the French, they
+shook all Canada with the fear of their arms, while to the west they
+extended their sway to the Straits of Michilimackinac and the entrance
+to Lake Superior. The height of their fame was at the close of the Old
+French War in 1763. Their decline and downfall, as a power upon the
+continent, followed with the briefest interval. Reduced by incessant
+fighting to seventeen hundred warriors, they took the part of England
+against the Colonies in 1775. The glorious and the terrible incidents of
+the Indian campaigns of the Revolution are familiar as household words.
+The peace of 1783 found the Iroquois broken, humbled, homeless,
+helpless, before the power of the United States, whose pensioners they
+then became and have since remained. The bulk of these tribes still
+reside in New York, while fragments of them are found in the extreme
+West, having removed under the treaty of 1838.</p>
+
+<p class="noin">Such, in brief, is the history of the Iroquois. They were the scourge of
+God upon the aborigines of the continent, and were themselves used up,
+stock, lash, and snapper, in the tremendous flagellation which was
+administered through them to almost every branch, in turn, of the great
+Algonquin family. It will not do to say, that, but for the Iroquois, the
+settlement of the country by the whites would not have taken place; yet
+assuredly that settlement would have been longer delayed, and have been
+finally accomplished with far greater expense of blood and treasure, had
+not the Six Nations, not knowing what they did, gone before in savage
+blindness and fury, destroying or driving out tribe after tribe which
+with them might, for more than one generation at least, have stayed the
+western course of European invasion.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_I_9" id="Footnote_I_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_I_9"><span class="label">[I]</span></a> The impudent character of these invasions will be best
+shown by a recital of the facts in two cases occurring within the year.
+In 1870-71 the Osages living in Kansas sold their lands under authority
+of the government, and accepted a reservation, in lieu thereof, in the
+Indian Territory. Scarcely had they turned their faces towards their new
+home when a sort of race began between them and some hundreds of whites,
+which may be described, in the language of boys, as having for its
+object "to see which should get there first." In October, 1871, the
+agent reported that five hundred whites were on the Osage lands, and
+actually in possession of the Osage village, while the rightful owners
+were encamped outside. Orders having been issued from the War Department
+for the removal of these intruders, political pressure was brought to
+bear upon the executive to prevent the orders from being carried into
+effect. This effort failing, delay was asked, in view of the hardships
+to be anticipated from a removal so near winter. This indulgence having
+been granted, the number of the trespassers continued to increase
+through the winter, in spite of the notice publicly given of the
+intentions of the government: so that in the spring of 1872 the military
+authorities found fifteen hundred persons on the Osage lands in defiance
+of law. On this occasion, however, the land-robbers had failed in their
+calculations. The government was in earnest; and the squatters were
+extruded by the troops of the Department of the Missouri.</p>
+
+<p class="noin">The other instance referred to is that of an expedition projected and
+partially organized in Dakota, in 1872, for the purpose of penetrating
+the Black Hills, for mining and lumbering. Public meetings at which
+Federal officials attended were held, to create the necessary amount of
+public enthusiasm; and an invasion of Indian territory was imminent,
+which would, beyond peradventure, have resulted in a general Sioux war.
+In this case the emergency was such that the executive acted with great
+promptness. A proclamation was issued warning evil-disposed persons of
+the determination of the government to prevent the outrage; and troops
+were put in position to deal effectively with the marauders. This proved
+sufficient; and the Black Hills expedition was abandoned.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_J_10" id="Footnote_J_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_J_10"><span class="label">[J]</span></a> Report on Indian Affairs, 1872, p. 440.</p>
+</div>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="PAGE_101" id="PAGE_101"></a>
+
+<hr style="width: 35%;" /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>INDIAN CITIZENSHIP.<a name="FNanchor_K_11" id="FNanchor_K_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_K_11" class="fnanchor">[K]</a></h2>
+<br />
+
+
+<p>The proper treatment of the Indian question requires that we deal with
+the issues arising out of the peculiar relations of the aboriginal
+tribes of the continent to the now dominant race, in much the same
+spirit&mdash;profoundly philanthropic at bottom, but practical, sceptical,
+and severe in the discussion of methods and in the maintenance of
+administrative discipline&mdash;with which all Christian nations, and
+especially the English-speaking, nations, have learned to meet the
+kindred difficulties of pauperism. It is in no small degree the lack of
+such a spirit in the conduct of Indian affairs, which has rendered the
+efforts and expenditures of our government for the advancement of the
+race so ineffectual in the past; and for this the blame attaches mainly
+to the want of correct information and of settled convictions respecting
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>this subject, among our people at large. So long as the country
+fluctuates in an alternation of sentimental and brutal impulses,
+according as the wrongs done to the Indian or the wrongs done by him are
+at the moment more distinctly in mind, it cannot be wondered at that
+Congress should be reluctant to undertake the re-organization of the
+Indian service on any large and lasting plan, or that the Indian Office
+should hesitate to cut out for itself more work than it can look to make
+up in the interval between sessions.</p>
+
+<p>What, to take a recent and memorable instance, would have been the fate
+of any scheme of Indian legislation which was at its parliamentary
+crisis when the murder of Gen. Canby occurred? The work of years might
+well have been undone under the popular excitement attendant upon that
+atrocious deed. Yet it would be quite as rational to denounce the
+established systems for the care and control of the insane, and to turn
+all the inmates of our asylums loose upon the community because one
+maniac had in an access of frenzy murdered his keeper, as it would have
+been to abandon the established Indian policy of the government, the
+only fault of which is that it is incomplete, on account of any thing
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>that Capt. Jack and his companions might do in their furious despair.
+The more atrocious their deed, the more conspicuous the justification of
+the system of care and control from which this one small band of
+desperadoes had for the moment broken free to work such horrid mischief.
+Yet there is much reason to believe, that, had the Indian service at
+that time depended, as every service must once a year come to depend, on
+the votes of Congressmen, it would have failed, temporarily at least,
+for the want of them. Nor is it only acts of exceptional ferocity on the
+part of marauding bands, which have sufficed to check all the gracious
+impulses of the national compassion. The reasons which have existed in
+the public mind in favor of the Indian policy of the government have not
+always been found of a sufficiently robust and practical nature to
+withstand the weariness of sustained effort, and the inevitable
+disappointments of sanguine expectation; and thus the service has at
+times suffered from the general indifference scarcely less than from the
+sharpest revulsions of public feeling.</p>
+
+<p>Much has been said within the past three years, of the Indian policy of
+the administration; and, if by this is meant that the policy of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>government in dealing with the Indians has become more and more one of
+administration, and less and less one of law, the phrase, with the
+exception of an article too many, is well enough. As matter of fact, the
+sole Indian policy of the United States deserving the name was adopted
+early in the century; and it is only of late years that it has been
+seriously undermined by the current of events; while it is within the
+duration of the present administration that the blow has been struck by
+legislation, at the already tottering structure, which has brought it
+nearly to its fall.</p>
+
+<p>To throw upon a dozen religious and benevolent societies the
+responsibility of advising the executive in the appointment of the
+agents of the Indian service is not a policy. To buy off a few bands,
+more insolent than the rest, by a wholesale issue of subsistence and the
+lavish bestowal of presents, without reference to the disposition of the
+savages to labor for their own support, and even without reference to
+the good or ill desert of individuals,&mdash;this, though doubtless expedient
+in the critical situation of our frontier population, is the merest
+expediency, not in any sense a policy. Yet the two features specified
+have been the only ones that have been added to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>the scheme of Indian
+control during the continuance of the present administration; while, on
+the other side, an irreparable breach has been effected in that scheme
+by the action of powerful social forces, as well as by the direct
+legislative contravention of its most vital principle.</p>
+
+<p>From the earliest settlement of the country by the whites, down to 1817,
+the Colonies, and afterwards the thirteen States, met the emergencies of
+Indian contact as they arose. The parties to negotiation were often
+ill-defined, and the forms of procedure much as happened. Not only did
+each Colony, prior to 1774, conduct its own Indian relations, generally
+with little or no reference to the engagements or the interests of its
+white neighbors; but isolated settlements and even enterprising
+individuals made their own peace with the savages, or received the soil
+by deed from its native proprietors. Nor on the part of the Indians was
+there much more regard for strict legitimacy. Local chieftains were not
+infrequently ready to convey away lands that did not belong to them; and
+when a Colony grown powerful wished a pretext for usurpation, almost any
+Indian would do to make a treaty with or get a title from. It is
+scarcely necessary to say of negotiations thus <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>conducted, that they
+embraced no general scheme of Indian relations; that they aimed
+invariably at the accomplishment of immediate and more or less local
+objects, and often attained these at the cost of much embarrassment in
+the future, and even at the expense of neighboring settlements and
+colonies.</p>
+
+<p>Throughout the history of Colonial transactions, we find few traces of
+any thing like impatience of the claims of the Indians to equality in
+negotiation and in intercourse. Neither the power nor the character of
+the aborigines was then despised as now. Strong in his native illusions,
+his warlike prestige unbroken, the Indian still retained all that
+natural dignity of bearing which has been found so impressive even in
+his decline. The early literature of the country testifies to the
+disposition of the people to hold the more romantic view of the Indian
+character, even where the animosities of race were deadliest; nor does
+it seem that the general sentiment of the Colonies regarded the
+necessity of treating on equal terms with the great confederacies of
+that day as in any degree more derogatory than the civilized powers of
+Europe in the same period esteemed the necessity of maintaining
+diplomatic relations with the great Cossack power of the North. Indeed,
+the treaty <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>with the Delawares in 1778 actually contemplated the
+formation of a league of friendly tribes under the hegemony of the
+Delawares, to constitute the fourteenth State of the confederation then
+in arms against Great Britain, with a proportional representation in
+Congress. And this was proposed, not by men accustomed to see negroes
+voting at the polls, and even sitting in the Senate of the United
+States, but by our conservative and somewhat aristocratic ancestors.</p>
+
+<p>But after the establishment of our national independence, incidental to
+which had been the destruction of the warlike power of the "Six
+Nations," the nearest and most formidable of all the confederacies known
+to Colonial history, we note a louder tone taken&mdash;as was natural
+enough&mdash;with the aboriginal tribes, a greater readiness to act
+aggressively, and an increasing confidence in the competency of the
+white race to populate the whole of this continent. Earlier Indian wars
+had been in a high sense a struggle for life on the part of the infant
+settlements: they had been engaged in reluctantly, after being postponed
+by every expedient and every artifice; but the conquest of the territory
+north-west of the Ohio appears to have been entered upon more from a
+statesmanlike <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>comprehension of the wants of the united and expanding
+republic, than from the pressure of immediate danger. It was but natural
+that the concentration of the fighting power of the States, the
+consciousness of a common destiny, and the cession of the western
+territory to the general government, should create an impatience of
+Indian occupation which neither the separate Colonies nor the States,
+struggling for independence, had felt. Yet even so we do not find that,
+from 1783 to 1817, the United States did much more than meet the
+exigency most nearly and clearly at hand.</p>
+
+<p>In the latter year, however, the negotiations for a removal of the
+Cherokees west of the Mississippi, although commenced under strong
+pressure from the much-afflicted State of Georgia, and at the time
+without contemplation of an extension of the system to tribes less
+immediately in the path of settlement, mark the beginnings of a distinct
+Indian policy. In 1825 the scheme for the general deportation of the
+Indians east of the Mississippi was fairly inaugurated in the presidency
+of Mr. Monroe; Mr. Calhoun, his secretary of war, proposing the details
+of the measure. In 1834 the policy thus inaugurated was completed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>by
+the passage of the Indian Intercourse Act, though large numbers still
+remained to be transported West.</p>
+
+<p>The features of this policy were first, the removal of the tribes beyond
+the limits of settlement; second, the assignment to them in perpetuity,
+under solemn treaty sanctions, of land sufficient to enable them to
+subsist by fishing and hunting, by stock-raising, or by agriculture,
+according to their habits and proclivities; third, their seclusion from
+the whites by stringent laws forbidding intercourse; fourth, the
+government of the Indians through their own tribal organizations, and
+according to their own customs and laws.</p>
+
+<p>This policy, the character and relations of the two races being taken
+into account, we must pronounce one of sound and far-reaching
+statesmanship, notwithstanding that an advance of population altogether
+unprecedented in history has already made much of it obsolete, and
+rendered necessary a general re-adjustment of its details.</p>
+
+<p>The first event which impaired the integrity of the scheme of President
+Monroe was the flight of the Mormons, under the pressure of social
+persecution, across the Plains in 1847. The success of this people in
+treating with the Indians has <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>often been noted, and has been made the
+occasion of many unjust reflections upon the United States, as if a
+popular government, giving, both of necessity and of choice, the largest
+liberty to pioneer enterprise, could be reasonably expected to preserve
+peaceful relations with remote bands of savages as effectively as a
+political and religious despotism, keeping its membership compact and
+close in hand. But, while the Mormons have certainly been successful in
+maintaining good terms with the natives of the plains, it is not so
+certain that their influence upon the Indians has been advantageous to
+the government, or to the white settlers not of the church. It clearly
+has been for their interest to attach the natives to themselves rather
+than to the government; it clearly has been in their power to direct a
+great many agencies to that end; and it will probably require more faith
+in Mormon virtue than the majority of us possess to keep alive much of a
+doubt that they have actually done so. We certainly have the opinion of
+many persons well informed that it has been the constant policy of the
+Latter-Day Saints to teach the Indians to look to them rather than to
+the government as their benefactors and their protectors; to represent,
+as far as possible <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>through agents and interpreters in their interest,
+the goods and supplies received from the United States as derived from
+the bounty of the church; to stir up, for special purposes or for
+general ends, troubles between the natives and the encroaching whites,
+east, west, and south; and, finally, so to alienate from the government
+and attach to themselves the Utes, Shoshones and Bannocks, as to assure
+themselves of their aid in the not improbable event of a last desperate
+struggle for life with the power of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>The next event historically which tended to the disruption of the policy
+of seclusion was the discovery of gold upon the Pacific slope, which in
+three years replaced the few insinuating priests and indolent
+<i>rancheros</i>, who had previously formed the white population of the
+coast, with a hundred thousand eager gold-hunters. That the access of
+such a population&mdash;bold, adventurous, prompt to violence, reckless, and
+too often wantonly unjust and cruel&mdash;should stir up trouble and strife
+with the sixty thousand natives, upon whom they pressed at every point
+in their eager search for the precious metals, was a thing of course.
+The Oregon War followed, and occasional affairs like that at Ben
+Wright's Cave, leaving a heritage of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>hate from which such fruits as the
+recent Modoc War are not inaptly gathered.</p>
+
+<p>In 1855-6 occurred the great movement, mainly under a political impulse,
+which carried population beyond the Missouri. In two or three years the
+tribes and bands which were native to Kansas and Nebraska, as well as
+those which had been removed from States east of the Mississippi, were
+suffering the worst effects of white intrusion. Of the Free-State party,
+not a few zealous members seemed disposed to compensate themselves for
+their benevolent efforts on behalf of the negro by crowding the Indian
+to the wall; while the slavery propagandists steadily maintained their
+consistency by impartially persecuting the members of both the inferior
+races.</p>
+
+<p>Thus far we have shown how, instead of the natural boundary between the
+races which was contemplated in the establishment of the Indian policy
+of the government under Pres. Monroe, two lines of settlement had, prior
+to 1860, been pushed against the Indians,&mdash;one eastward from the
+Pacific, one westward from the Missouri, driving the natives in many
+cases from the soil guaranteed to them by treaty, and otherwise leaving
+them at a hundred points in dangerous contact <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>with a border population
+not apt to be nice in its sense of justice, or slow to retaliate real or
+fancied injuries; while, during the same period, a colony of religious
+fanatics, foreign to the faith, and very largely also to the blood, of
+our people, was planted in the very heart of the Indian country, with
+passions strongly aroused against the government, and with interests
+opposed to the peace and security of the frontier.</p>
+
+<p>But it was not until after the Civil War that the progress of events
+dealt its heaviest blow at the policy of Indian seclusion. In 1867-8 the
+great plough of industrial civilization drew its deep furrow across the
+continent, from the Missouri to the Pacific, as a sign of dissolution to
+the immemorial possessors of the soil. Already the Pacific Railroad has
+brought changes which, without it, might have been delayed for half a
+century. Not only has the line of settlement been made continuous from
+Omaha to Sacramento, so far as the character of the soil will permit;
+but from a score of points upon the railroad population has gone north
+and gone south, following up the courses of the streams, and searching
+out every trace of gold upon the mountains, till recesses have been
+penetrated which five years ago were scarcely known <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>to trappers and
+guides, and lodgement has been effected upon many even of the more
+remote reservations. The natural effects of this introduction by the
+railroad of white population into the Indian country have not yet been
+wholly wrought. There are still reservations where the seclusion of the
+Indians is practically maintained by the ill-repressed hostility of
+tribes; some, where the same result is secured by the barrenness or
+inaccessibility of the regions in which they are situated; but it is
+evident that the lapse of another such five years will find every
+reservation between the Mississippi River and the Rocky Mountains
+surrounded, and to a degree penetrated, by prospectors and pioneers,
+miners, ranchmen, or traders. Against the intrusion of these classes, in
+the numbers in which they are now appearing in the Indian country, the
+Intercourse Act of 1834 is wholly ineffective. It was an admirable
+weapon against the single intruder: it avails nothing against the
+lawless combinations of squatter territories.</p>
+
+<p>While the movements of population have thus in great part destroyed, and
+threaten soon utterly to destroy, at once the seclusion in which it was
+hoped the native tribes might find opportunity for the development of
+their better qualities, and the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>natural resources to which, in the long
+interval that must precede the achievement of true industrial
+independence by a people taught through centuries of barbarous
+traditions to despise labor, the Indian might look for subsistence,
+Congress in 1871 struck the severest blow that remained to be given to
+the Indian policy, in its fourth great feature,&mdash;that of the
+self-government of tribes according to their own laws and customs,&mdash;by
+declaring that "Hereafter no Indian nation or tribe within the territory
+of the United States shall be acknowledged or recognized as an
+independent nation, tribe, or power, with whom the United States may
+contract by treaty."</p>
+
+<p>In the face of three hundred and eighty-two treaties with Indian tribes,
+ratified by the Senate as are treaties with foreign powers, this may
+perhaps be accepted as quite the most conspicuous illustration in
+history of the adage, "Circumstances alter cases."<a name="FNanchor_L_12" id="FNanchor_L_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_L_12" class="fnanchor">[L]</a> Since Anthony
+Wayne received <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>the cession of pretty much the whole State of Ohio from
+the Wyandots, Delawares, and Shawnees, times have indeed changed; and it
+is fitting that we should change with them. The declaration of Congress
+is well enough on grounds of justice and national honor; but it none the
+less aims a deadly blow at the tribal autonomy which was made a vital
+part of the original scheme of Indian control. The declaration cited
+does not in terms deny the self-sufficiency of the tribe for the
+purposes of internal self-government; but the immediate necessary effect
+of it is further to weaken the already waning power of the chiefs, while
+Congress yet fails to furnish any substitute for their authority, either
+by providing for the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>organization of the tribes on more democratic
+principles, with direct responsibility to the government, or by arming
+the Indian agents with magisterial powers adequate to the exigency.</p>
+
+<p>Under the traditional policy of the United States, the Indian agent was
+a minister resident to a "domestic dependent nation." The Act of March
+3, 1871, destroys the nationality, and leaves the agent in the anomalous
+position of finding no authority within the tribe to which he can
+address himself, yet having in himself no legal authority over the tribe
+or the members of it. It is true, that, as matter of fact, agents, some
+in greater and some in less degree, continue to exercise control after a
+fashion over the movements of tribes and bands. This is partly due to
+the force of habit, partly to superior intelligence, partly to the
+discretion which the agent exercises in the distribution of the
+government's bounty; but every year the control becomes less effectual,
+and agents and chiefs complain more and more that they cannot hold the
+young braves in check.</p>
+
+<p>The above recital, however tedious, has been necessary in order to set
+fairly forth the actual condition of the scheme of seclusion, which is
+still, in profession and seeming, the policy of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>government. It must
+be evident from the recital, that the purposes of this policy are not
+being answered, and that the increasing difficulties of the situation in
+the wider and closer contact of the two races will soon compel Congress
+to review the whole field of Indian affairs, and establish relations,
+which, if they cannot in the nature of things be permanent, will at
+least have reference to the facts of the present, and the probabilities
+of the immediate future. Whenever Congress shall take up in earnest this
+question of the disposition to be made of the Indian tribes, its choice
+will clearly be between two antagonistic schemes,&mdash;seclusion and
+citizenship. Either the government must place the Indians upon narrower
+reservations, proportioned to their requirements for subsistence by
+agriculture, and no longer by the chase,&mdash;reservations which shall be
+located with the view of avoiding as much as possible the contact of the
+races, and working as little hindrance as may be to the otherwise free
+development of population; and around these put up the barriers of forty
+years ago, re-enforced as the changed circumstances seem to require: or
+the government must prepare to receive the Indians into the body of the
+people, freely accepting, for them and for the general <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>community, all
+the dangers and inconveniences of personal contact and legal equality.
+No middle ground is tenable. If substantial seclusion is not to be
+maintained, at any cost, by the sequestration of tribes and by the rigid
+prohibition of intercourse, it is worse than useless to keep up the
+forms of reservations and non-intercourse. Many tribes are already as
+fully subject to all the debasing influences of contact with the whites
+as they could be if dispersed among the body of citizens; while yet they
+are without any of the advantages popularly attributed to citizenship.</p>
+
+<p>It requires no deep knowledge of human nature, and no very extensive
+review of Congressional legislation, to assure us that many and powerful
+interests will oppose themselves to a re-adjustment of the Indian tribes
+between the Missouri and the Pacific, under the policy of seclusion and
+non-intercourse. Railroad enterprises, mining enterprises, and land
+enterprises of every name, will find any scheme that shall be seriously
+proposed to be quite the most objectionable of all that could be
+offered: every State, and every Territory that aspires to become a
+State, will strive to keep the Indians as far as possible from its own
+borders; while powerful combinations of speculators will <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>make their
+fight for the last acre of Indian lands with just as much rapacity as if
+they had not already, in Western phrase, "gobbled" a hundred thousand
+square miles of it.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the political, industrial, and speculative interests
+which will thus oppose the restoration of the policy of Indian seclusion
+from the shattered condition to which the events just recited have
+reduced it, three classes of persons may be counted on to lend their
+support to the plan of introducing the Indians, who have thus far been
+treated as "the wards of the nation," directly into the body of our
+citizenship. We have, first, those who have become impatient of the
+demands made upon the time of Congress and the attention of the people
+in the name of the Indians, and who wish, once for all, to have done
+with them. Such impatience is neither unnatural nor wholly unreasonable.
+It must be confessed that no good work ever made heavier drafts upon the
+faith and patience of the philanthropic. What with the triviality of the
+Indian character, the absurd punctilio with which, in his lowest estate,
+he insists on embarrassing the most ordinary business, and his devotion
+to sentiments utterly repugnant to our social and industrial genius;
+what, again, with the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>endless variety of tribal relations and tribal
+claims, and the complexity of tribal interests, aggravated by jealousy
+and suspicion where no previous intercourse has existed, and by feuds
+and traditions of hatred where intercourse has existed,&mdash;the conduct of
+Indian affairs, whether in legislation or in administration, is in no
+small degree perplexing and irritating. The Indian treaties prior to
+1842 make up one entire volume of the General Statutes, while the
+treaties and Indian laws since that date would fill two volumes of equal
+size. It cannot be denied that this is taking a good deal of trouble for
+a very small and not very useful portion of the population of the
+country: and it is not to be wondered at that many citizens, and not a
+few Congressmen, are much disposed to cut the knot instead of untying
+it, and summarily dismiss the Indian as the subject of peculiar
+consideration, by enfranchising him, not for any good it may do to him,
+but for the relief of our legislation.</p>
+
+<p>Next, we have that large and increasing class of Americans, who, either
+from natural bias, or from the severe political shocks of the last
+twelve years, have accepted what we may call the politics of despair, by
+which is meant, not so much a belief in any definite ill fortune for the
+Republic, as a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>conviction that the United States are being borne on to
+an end not seen, by a current which it is impossible to resist; that it
+is futile longer to seek to interpose restraints upon the rate of this
+progress, or to change its direction; that the nation has already gone
+far outside the traditional limits of safe political navigation, and is
+taking its course, for weal or woe, across an unknown sea, not unlike
+that little squadron which sailed out from the Straits of Saltez on the
+3d of August, 1492. Many of the persons now holding these views were
+formerly among the most conservative of our people; but emancipation,
+negro suffrage, and the consolidation of power consequent upon the war,
+have wholly unsettled their convictions, leaving them either hopeless of
+the Republic, or, as temperament serves, eager to crowd on sail, and
+prove at once the worst and the best of fortune. In this despair of
+conservative methods, some of these men have acquired an oddly objective
+way of looking at their country, which to every man ought to be a part
+of himself, and have apparently as much of a curious as of a patriotic
+interest in watching the development of the new forms and forces of
+national life. Men of this class (and they are not few) are not likely
+to hesitate in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>extending to the Indians citizenship and the ballot. A
+little more or less, they think, can make no difference. After negro
+suffrage, any thing.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, we have a class of persons, who, from no impatience of the
+subject, and from no indifference to the welfare of the aborigines, will
+oppose the policy of seclusion, as an anomaly not to be tolerated in our
+form of government. These are men who cannot bear, that, from any
+assumed necessity or for any supposed advantage, exception should be
+made of any class of inhabitants, or in respect to any portion of
+territory, to the rule of uniform rights and responsibilities, and of
+absolute freedom of movement, contract, and intercourse, the whole
+nation and the whole land over. Were the Indians ten times as numerous,
+were their claims to consideration stronger by no matter how much, and
+were the importance to them of seclusion far more clear than it appears,
+these political philosophers would steadily oppose the scheme. They
+might regret the mischiefs which would result to the Indian from
+exposure to corrupting influences; they might be disposed to favor the
+most liberal allowances from the public treasury, in compensation to him
+for his lands, and for his industrial endowment: but they would none the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>less relentlessly insist that the red man should take his equal chance
+with white and black, with all the privileges and all the
+responsibilities of political manhood.</p>
+
+<p>In view of the likelihood that the expediency of Indian citizenship will
+thus become at an early date a practical legislative question, it seems
+desirable in the connection to state the constitutional relations of the
+subject. The judicial decisions are somewhat confused, although, from
+the date (1831) of the decision of Chief-Justice Marshall in the
+Cherokee Nation vs. the State of Georgia (5 Peters, 1), to that (1870)
+of the decision in the Cherokee Tobacco (11 Wallace, 616), there has
+been a marked progress (note especially the decision of Chief-Justice
+Taney in the United States vs. Rogers, 4 Howard, 567) towards the
+stronger affirmation of the complete and sufficient sovereignty of the
+United States. Yet in December, 1870, the Judiciary Committee of the
+Senate, Carpenter presenting the Report, after an incomplete, and in
+some respects an inaccurate and inconsequential<a name="FNanchor_M_13" id="FNanchor_M_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_M_13" class="fnanchor">[M]</a> recital of judicial
+opinions, made the following startling announcement:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>"Inasmuch as the Constitution treats Indian tribes as belonging to the
+rank of nations capable of making treaties, it is evident that an act of
+Congress which should assume to treat the members of a tribe as subject
+to the municipal jurisdiction of the United States would be
+unconstitutional and void."</p>
+
+<p>That this is not good law need not be argued, inasmuch as the decisions
+previously cited in the United States <i>vs.</i> Rogers and in the Cherokee
+Tobacco, assert the complete sovereignty of the United States in strong
+terms<a name="FNanchor_N_14" id="FNanchor_N_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_N_14" class="fnanchor">[N]</a>; in the latter, the doctrine being explicitly affirmed, that
+not only <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>does the capability of making a treaty with the United States,
+which has been held to reside in an Indian tribe, not exempt that tribe
+from the legislative power of Congress, but that not even a treaty made
+and ratified, among the stipulations of which is such an exemption, even
+were that exemption the consideration for cessions the benefit of which
+the United States has enjoyed and continues to enjoy, can hinder
+Congress from at any time extending its complete legislative control
+over the tribe. Considerations of good faith may influence individual
+Congressmen in such a case; but the constitutional competence of
+Congress in the premises is declared to be beyond question.</p>
+
+<p>Nor is the extraordinary proposition of the Committee's report better in
+reason than in law. The argument is in effect this: The United States
+makes treaties with foreign nations; the United States cannot legislate
+for foreign nations; the United States may make treaties with Indian
+tribes: ergo, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>the United States cannot legislate for Indian tribes.
+This course of reasoning implies that the sole objection to the United
+States legislating for foreign nations is, that they makes treaties with
+them: whereas there are several other good and sufficient objections
+thereto. It also implies that the sole consideration for the United
+States treating with Indian tribes, called by Chief-Justice Marshall
+"domestic dependent nations," is, that they cannot legislate for them:
+whereas the real consideration has been one of practical convenience,
+not of legislative competence.</p>
+
+<p>We shall best set forth the constitutional relations of this subject by
+presenting the premises, whether of fact or of law, upon which all the
+judicial decisions relative thereto have been founded.</p>
+
+<p>1. As matter of fact, the European powers engaged in the discovery and
+conquest of the New World left with the Indian tribes the regulation of
+their own domestic concerns, while claiming the sovereignty of the soil
+occupied by them. The Indian tribes thus continued to act as separate
+political communities.<a name="FNanchor_O_15" id="FNanchor_O_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_O_15" class="fnanchor">[O]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>2. The Constitution of the United States excludes from the basis of
+Congressional representation "Indians not taxed," without further
+defining the same.</p>
+
+<p>3. The Congress of the United States has, with a few recent exceptions,
+treated Indians in tribal relations as without the municipal
+jurisdiction of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>4. The Senate of the United States has confirmed nearly four hundred
+treaties, negotiated by the executive, under the general treaty-making
+powers conferred by the Constitution, with tribes which embrace about
+three-fifths of the present Indian population of the United States. The
+House of Representatives has, from the foundation of the government, as
+occasion required, originated bills for the appropriation of moneys to
+carry out the provisions of such treaties.</p>
+
+<p>This comprises all that is essential in this connection. The <i>indicia</i>
+gathered from particular acts of the government, or from the phraseology
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>of individual treaties, really add nothing to the above.</p>
+
+<p>We believe the following propositions to be consistent with the facts of
+history and with the latest judicial decisions.</p>
+
+<p>1. The exclusion by the Constitution of "Indians not taxed" from the
+basis of representation was in no sense a guaranty to the Indian tribes
+of their political autonomy, but was a provision in the interest of an
+equitable apportionment of political power among the States, some States
+having many Indians within their limits, others few or none.</p>
+
+<p>2. The self-government enjoyed by the Indian tribes under the
+Constitution of the United States, as under the European powers, has
+always been a government by sufferance, by toleration, by permission.
+The United States, for their own convenience, have allowed this
+self-government, because to reduce the savages to the condition of
+submitting to civilized laws would have involved a great expense of
+blood and treasure; while through the tribal organization a much better
+government, for the purposes of the civilized power if not for the
+welfare of the Indians themselves, could be obtained, than through an
+administration which should disregard that organization. But this
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>toleration of savage self-government worked no prejudice to the
+sovereignty of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>3. The decay of a tribe in numbers and in cohesion, no matter to what
+extent carried, does not bring the members of such tribe within the
+municipal jurisdiction of the State wherein they are found, so long as
+the tribal organization continues to be recognized by the National
+Government. See the Kansas Indians, 5 Wallace, 737.</p>
+
+<p>4. Congress is constitutionally competent to extend the laws of the
+United States at once over every Indian tribe within the Territories, if
+not within the States of the Union, even though treaties may guarantee
+to individual tribes complete and perpetual political independence; the
+breach of faith involved in the latter case being matter for possible
+conscientious scruples on the part of legislators, not for judicial
+cognizance. See 11 Wallace, 616; 2 Curtis, 454; 1 Woolworth, 155.</p>
+
+<p>We have thought it important thus to review the doctrine of the Report
+of the Senate Judiciary Committee, because, from the high standing of
+the Committee, from the assumption which the Report<a name="FNanchor_P_16" id="FNanchor_P_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_P_16" class="fnanchor">[P]</a> makes of
+completeness in the citation of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>"treaties, laws, and judicial
+decisions" pertinent to the subject, on the express ground of a desire
+to enlighten, not only Congress, but the country, in respect to our
+Indian relations, and from the wide circulation given to the Report, as
+compared with that obtained by an ordinary decision of the Circuit or
+Supreme Court of the United States, the Report has apparently come to be
+accepted by Congress and the country as an authoritative exposition of
+the history and law of the subject although, in the very month in which
+it was submitted to Congress, the Supreme Court, in the Cherokee
+Tobacco, pronounced a doctrine which cuts up that of the Report, root
+and branch.</p>
+
+<p>Such being the constitutional competence of Congress to deal with the
+Indians, without <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>restraint either from the self-government hitherto
+permitted them, or from treaties to which the United States are a party,
+it is for Congress to decide, firstly, what the good faith of the nation
+requires, and, secondly, what course will best accomplish the social and
+industrial elevation of the native tribes, with due consideration had
+for the interests of the present body of citizens.</p>
+
+<p>How, then, stands the matter with the faith of the nation? By the Report
+on Indian Affairs for 1872, there appear (p. 16) to be in the
+neighborhood of 120,000 Indians with whom the United States have no
+treaty relations. These certainly can have no claims to exemption from
+direct control, whenever the United States shall see fit to extend its
+laws over them, either to incorporate them in the body of its
+citizenship, or to seclude them for their own good. There are, again, as
+nearly as we can determine by a comparison of treaties with the Reports
+of the Indian Office, about 125,000 Indians with whom the United States
+have treaties unexpired, but to whom no distinct guaranty or promise of
+autonomy has been made. Examination of these treaties reveals nothing
+which should prevent the United States from establishing a magistracy
+and a code of laws <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>for the government of these tribes, according to
+principles suited to their present condition, yet tending to raise them
+to a higher social and industrial condition. On the other hand, the
+perpetual interdiction of all white persons upon the reservations of
+these tribes, except "such officers, agents, and employees of the
+government as may be authorized to enter upon Indian reservations in
+discharge of duties enjoined by law," would seem to preclude the
+possibility of these regions ever being opened to settlement, and the
+Indians thereon resolved into the body of citizens on equal terms. But,
+as matter of fact, not even such treaty provisions need, with
+intelligent and firm but kindly management, greatly or long embarrass
+the government in the adjustment of the Indian question according to
+either principle which may be adopted, seclusion or citizenship. Few of
+these tribes but are obliged, even now, to seek from the United States
+more aid than they are entitled to by treaty; while it is certain that
+in the near future most, if not all, will be thrown in comparative
+helplessness upon our bounty. The United States being the sole party to
+which they can cede their lands (8 Wheaton, 543), and the sale of the
+great body of these lands being <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>their only resource, the government
+will have the opportunity, not only without fraud or wrong to this
+people, but for their highest good, and indeed for their salvation from
+the doom otherwise awaiting them, to cancel the whole of these
+ill-considered treaties, leaving the natives where they ought to
+be,&mdash;subject to direct control by Congress. We repeat, there need never
+be any difficulty in securing, at the right time and in the right way,
+the relinquishment of lands or privileges from the Indians. They are,
+unfortunately, only too ready to sacrifice the future to present
+indulgence; while the government on its part can always afford to pay
+them far more for their lands than their lands are worth to them. Under
+this relation of the parties in interest, and with the pressure of
+actual want, due to the inability of the natives properly to cultivate
+what they possess, the United States may at an early date, with good
+faith and judicious management, easily secure the relinquishment of
+every franchise that stands in the way of a satisfactory adjustment of
+the difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>There is still a third body of Indians, about 55,000 in number,
+occupying chiefly the regions known as the Indian Territory, and
+representing the tribes which were the subjects of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>colonization
+policy of Pres. Monroe, to whom the United States have plighted their
+faith that no foreign authority shall ever be extended over them without
+their consent. These are not beggarly and vagabond Indians, to whom the
+offer of subsistence would be sufficient to obtain the relinquishment of
+their franchises, or the cession of their lands. They are
+self-supporting, independent, and even wealthy. Their cereal crops
+exceed those of all the Territories of the United States combined. In
+the number and value of horses and cattle, they are surpassed by the
+people of but one Territory; in expenditures for education, by the
+people of no Territory.<a name="FNanchor_Q_17" id="FNanchor_Q_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_Q_17" class="fnanchor">[Q]</a> If these <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>people ever relinquish their
+autonomy, it will be because they desire the privileges of American
+citizens. This may well be in the immediate future, and surely will be,
+sooner or later, unless they are made to fear the violence and greed of
+their white neighbors. Meanwhile, they should be honorably protected in
+the enjoyment of their treaty rights. They have already advanced so far
+in civilization as to secure their own future, as against any thing but
+squatter and railroad rapacity; and their fate does not properly form a
+part of the Indian problem of the present day.</p>
+
+<p>Excepting thus the present inhabitants of the so-called Indian
+Territory, who ought to be excepted from any scheme that embraces the
+half-civilized and the wholly savage tribes, we have practically a clear
+field for any policy which Congress shall determine to be best suited to
+the serious exigency of the situation; for, however easy to dismiss the
+subject for a time with ridicule, the task of so disposing a nomad
+population of 200,000 to 240,000, as to reduce to a minimum the
+obstruction it shall offer to the progress of settlement and of
+industry, without leaving the germs of lasting evil to a score of future
+States, and at the same time to secure the highest welfare <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>of that
+population,&mdash;this task is a most serious one, to which the best
+statesmanship of the nation may well address itself.</p>
+
+<p>In characterizing the classes of persons who will naturally be found
+among the advocates of the policy of an immediate bestowal of
+citizenship upon the Indian tribes, whether they be willing or
+unwilling, whether for good or evil, we have in effect stated all the
+arguments in favor of that policy; for it is not probable, that, aside
+from those who would properly be placed under one or another of the
+classes indicated, there are a score of persons reasonably well informed
+in Indian affairs, who would so much as affect to believe that such a
+course would have other than disastrous consequences to the natives.</p>
+
+<p>The considerations which favor the policy of seclusion with more or less
+of industrial constraint are so direct and familiar, and are sustained
+by so general a concurrence of testimony and authority, that they will
+not require us greatly to protract this paper in their exposition and
+enforcement. These considerations are four in number; three of them
+having especial reference to the interests of the Indians, the fourth
+bearing on the welfare of the States to be formed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>out of the territory
+now roamed over by the native tribes.</p>
+
+<p>First: so long as an Indian tribe is left to its own proper forces and
+dispositions, free from all foreign attraction, it is not only easily
+governed, but the whole body obeys the recognized law of the community
+with almost absolute unanimity. No expressions would be too strong to
+characterize the social homogeneity of an Indian tribe, and the complete
+domination of the accepted ideas of right and wrong, of honor and
+baseness. Public opinion is there conclusive upon every individual; and
+the spectacle, seen in every town and village with us, of large numbers
+openly practising that which public opinion reprobates, or refusing to
+do that which public opinion prescribes, is wholly unknown. We do not
+say that this is the most desirable as the ultimate form of society; but
+this tyranny of sentiment may and should be made a most powerful
+auxiliary for good in the early stages of industrial and social progress
+for this people.</p>
+
+<p>Second: it is unfortunately true, that, when the Indian is, by the
+powerful attraction of a race which his savage breast never fails to
+recognize as superior, released from the control of the public
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>sentiment which he has been accustomed to obey, he submits himself by
+an almost irresistible tendency to the worst and not to the best
+influences of civilized society. While there are undeniably exceptions
+to this statement, it is supported by such a mass of melancholy evidence
+in the history of scores of tribes once renowned for all the native
+virtues, that no one has the right to advocate the introduction to such
+influences of uninstructed and unprovided tribes, unless he is prepared
+to contemplate the ruin of nine-tenths of the subjects of his policy.</p>
+
+<p>Nor is it the worst elements of the Indian which thus submit themselves
+to the worst elements of the white community. The very men who bear
+themselves most loftily, according to the native standards of virtue,
+are quite as likely to fall, under exposure to white contact, as are the
+weakest of the tribe. Their familiar attractions all broken, their
+immemorial traditions rudely dispelled, their natural leadership
+destroyed, the members of a wild tribe, strong and weak together, become
+the easy prey of the rascally influences of civilized society.</p>
+
+<p>Third: the experiment of citizenship, except with the more advanced
+tribes, is at the serious <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>risk, amounting almost to a certainty, of the
+immediate loss to the Indians of the whole of their scanty patrimony,
+through the improvident and wasteful alienation of the lands patented to
+them, the Indians being left thus without resource for the future,
+except in the bounty of the general government or in local charity. On
+this point a few facts will be more eloquent than many words.</p>
+
+<p>The United States have by recent treaties or legislative enactments
+admitted to citizenship the following Indians,&mdash;In Kansas, Kickapoos,
+12; Delawares, 20; Wyandots, 473; Pottawatomies, 1,604: in Dakota,
+Sioux, 250: in Minnesota, Winnebagoes, 159: in Wisconsin, Stockbridges,
+to a number not yet officially ascertained: in Michigan, Ottawas and
+Chippewas, 6,039: in the Indian Territory, Ottawas of Blanchard's Fork,
+150. Time has not yet been given for the full development of the
+consequences of thus devolving responsibility upon these Indians; but we
+already have information, official or semi-official, to the effect that
+the majority of the Pottawatomie citizens, after selling their lands in
+Kansas, have gone to the Indian Territory, and re-associated themselves
+as a tribe; that of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>Wyandots, considerable numbers have attached
+themselves to the re-organized tribe in the Indian Territory; that of
+the citizen Ottawas of Blanchard's Fork, nearly all have disposed of
+their allotted lands, and are still cared for to some extent by the
+government as Indians; that of the Ottawas and Chippewas of Michigan, a
+majority certainly, and probably a large majority, have sold the lands
+patented to them in severalty,&mdash;in many cases the negotiation preceding
+the issue of patents, two parties of white sharpers contesting for the
+favor of the agent, in the way of early information as to the precise
+lands assigned, and the disappointed faction, in at least one instance,
+resorting to burglary and larceny for the needed documents.</p>
+
+<p>It will be thus seen, that, of these Indians upon whom the experiment of
+citizenship has been tried, more than half, probably at least
+two-thirds, are now homeless, and must be re-endowed by the government,
+or they will sink to a condition of hopeless poverty and misery.</p>
+
+<p>Fourth: the dissolution of the tribal bonds, and the dispersing of two
+hundred thousand Indians among the settlements, will devolve upon the
+present and future States beyond the Missouri an <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>almost intolerable
+burden of vagabondage, pauperism, and crime. It is not even essential to
+the result of a dispersion of these tribes that the law should pronounce
+their dissolution as political communities. Unless the system of
+reservations shall soon be recast, and the laws of non-intercourse
+thoroughly enforced, the next fifteen or twenty years will see the great
+majority of the Indians on the plains mixed up with white settlements,
+wandering in small camps from place to place, shifting sores upon the
+public body, the men resorting for a living to basket-making, beggary,
+and hog-stealing, the women to fortune-telling, beggary, and harlotry;
+while a remnant will seek to maintain a little longer, in the mountains,
+their savage independence, fleeing before the advance of settlement when
+they can, fighting in sullen despair when they must. It is doubtless
+true that some tribes could still remain together as social, even after
+being dissolved as legal, communities; but the fate we have indicated
+would certainly befall by far the greater part of the Indians of the
+plains, were the reservation system broken up in their present social
+and industrial condition. To believe that a pioneer population of two,
+three, or four millions, such as is likely <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>to occupy this region within
+the next twenty years, can, in addition to its own proper elements of
+disorder, safely absorb such a mass of corruption, requires no small
+faith in the robust virtue of our people, and in the saving efficacy of
+republican institutions.</p>
+
+<p>This last consideration we have urged, not on behalf of the Indians, but
+in the interest of the present white communities beyond the Missouri, to
+whom such a dispersion of the tribes would be a far greater burden than
+the maintenance of the reservation system in its integrity could
+possibly be, and in the interest of a score of States of the Union yet
+to be formed out of that territory. Surely it is not in such cement that
+we wish to have the foundations of our future society laid.</p>
+
+<p>We conclude, then, that Indian citizenship is to be regarded as an end,
+and not as a means; that it is the goal to which each tribe should in
+turn be conducted, through a course of industrial instruction and
+constraint, maintained by the government with kindness but also with
+firmness, under the shield of the reservation system. It is true that
+this system can no longer be kept up without sacrifice on our part. In
+the days of Pres. Monroe, the sequestration of the Indians <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>involved
+only the expense of transporting eighty or ninety thousand persons to a
+region not settled, nor then desired for settlement. To-day there is no
+portion of our territory where citizens of the United States are not
+preparing to make their homes. To cut off a reservation sufficient for
+the wants of this unfortunate people in their rude ways of life; to
+hedge it in with strict laws of non-intercourse, turning aside, for the
+purpose, railway and highway alike; and, upon the soil thus secluded, to
+work patiently out the problem of Indian civilization,&mdash;is not to be
+deemed a light sacrifice to national honor and duty. Yet that the
+government and people of the United States cannot discharge their
+obligations to the aborigines without pains and care and expense,
+affords no reason for declining the task.</p>
+
+<p>The claim of the Indian upon us is of no common character. The advance
+of railways and settlements is fast pushing him from his home, and, in
+the steady extinction of game, is cutting him off from the only means of
+subsistence of which he knows how to avail himself. He will soon be left
+homeless and helpless in the midst of civilization, upon the soil that
+once was his alone. The freedom of territorial and industrial expansion
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>which is bringing imperial greatness to the nation, to the Indian
+brings wretchedness, destitution, beggary. Surely there is obligation
+found, in such considerations as these, to make good in some way to him
+the loss by which we so largely gain. Nor is this obligation one that
+can be discharged by lavish endowments, which it is of moral certainty
+he will squander, or by merely placing him in situations where he might
+prosper, had he the industrial aptitudes of the white man, acquired
+through centuries of laborious training. Savage as he is by no fault of
+his own, and stripped at once of savage independence and savage
+competence by our act, for our advantage, we have made ourselves
+responsible before God and the world for his rescue from destruction,
+and his elevation to social and industrial manhood, at whatever expense
+and at whatever inconvenience. The corner-stone of our Indian policy
+should be the recognition by government and by the people, that we owe
+the Indian, not endowments and lands only, but also forbearance,
+patience, care, and instruction.</p>
+
+<p>It is not unusual to sneer at the sentimentality of "the Quakers" and
+other active friends of this race. But we may as well remember that
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>posterity will grow much more sentimental over the fate of the Indian
+than any Quaker or philanthropist of to-day. The United States will be
+judged at the bar of history according to what they shall have done in
+two respects,&mdash;by their disposition of negro slavery, and by their
+treatment of the Indians. In the one matter, the result is fortunately
+secure; nor will it be remembered against us, in diminution of our
+honor, that we procrastinated and sought to evade the issue, and for a
+time made terms and compromised with wrong. In that, when at last we
+were brought face to face with the question, we did the one thing that
+was right, and in tears and blood expiated our own and our fathers'
+errors, the ages to come will give us no grudging and stinted praise.
+Would that we were equally sure that no stain will rest upon our fame
+for what shall yet be done or left undone towards the original
+possessors of our soil! What is past cannot be recalled; nor has any
+thing yet gone into history that need deeply dishonor us as a nation.
+Posterity will judge very leniently of all that has been done in heat of
+blood, in the struggle for life and for the possession of the soil by
+the early Colonists; it will not greatly attribute blame that, in our
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>industrial and territorial expansion, and a conquest of savage nature
+more rapid than is recorded of any other people, savage man has suffered
+somewhat at our hands; it will not attempt nicely to apportion the
+mutual injuries of the frontier, to decide which was first and which was
+worst in wrong, red man or white; it will have ample consideration for
+the difficulties which the government has encountered in preserving the
+peace between the natives and the bold, rude pioneers of civilization.
+But if, when the Indians shall have been thrown helpless upon our mercy,
+surrounded and disarmed by the extension of settlement, and impoverished
+by the very causes which promote our wealth and greatness, we fail to
+make ample provision out of our abundance, and to apply it in all
+patience and with all pains, to save alive these remnants of a once
+powerful people, and reconcile them to civilization, there is much
+reason to fear, that, however successfully we may excuse ourselves to
+ourselves by pleading the manifest destiny of the Anglo-Saxon race,
+impartial history will pronounce us recreant to a sacred duty.</p>
+
+<h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_K_11" id="Footnote_K_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_K_11"><span class="label">[K]</span></a> From The International Review, May, 1874.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_L_12" id="Footnote_L_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_L_12"><span class="label">[L]</span></a> The doctrine of a <i>vanishing</i> Indian nationality was
+strongly insisted on by Mr. Justice McLean in his opinion in Worcester
+vs. the State of Georgia:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="noin">"If a tribe of Indians shall become so degraded or reduced in numbers as
+to lose the power of self-government, the protection of the local law,
+of necessity, must be extended over them. The point at which this
+exercise of power by a State would be proper need not now be considered,
+if, indeed, it be a judicial question.... But, if a contingency shall
+occur which shall render the Indians who reside in a State incapable of
+self-government, either by moral degradation or a reduction of their
+numbers, it would undoubtedly be in the power of a State government to
+extend over them the &aelig;gis of its laws."&mdash;6 <i>Peters</i>, pp. 593-4.</p>
+
+<p class="noin">If, as would appear, Mr. Justice McLean by this intends that a State may
+exercise such discretion so long as the United States continue to
+recognize the tribal organization, however feeble or corrupt it may in
+fact be, the doctrine is flatly contradicted by that of the Supreme
+Court in the Kansas Indians.&mdash;5 <i>Wallace</i>, 737.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_M_13" id="Footnote_M_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_M_13"><span class="label">[M]</span></a> We are aware that this is a heavy charge; but it is
+justified by the facts. The recital is incomplete. The decision in the
+United States <i>vs.</i> Rogers is not referred to. This case is, as it was
+treated by the Supreme Court in the Cherokee Tobacco, of the highest
+importance.</p>
+
+<p class="noin">The recital is inaccurate. An opinion is given at length as that of Kent
+in Jackson vs. Goodell, 20 Johnson, 193. This is a case in the Supreme
+Court of New York, Chief-Justice Spencer delivering the opinion, Kent
+having been previously appointed chancellor. The expressions quoted by
+the Committee are to be found in Goodell vs. Jackson, in error to the
+Court of Appeals, 20 Johnson, 693. The recital is inconsequential, as
+will appear by what is said further in the text.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_N_14" id="Footnote_N_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_N_14"><span class="label">[N]</span></a> "We think it too firmly and clearly established to admit of
+dispute, that the Indian tribes residing within the territorial limits
+of the United States are subject to their authority; and where the
+country occupied by them is not within the limit of one of the States,
+Congress may by law punish any offence committed there, whether the
+offender be a white man or an Indian."&mdash;<i>Taney, Chief-Justice.</i></p>
+
+<p class="noin">In the Cherokee Tobacco, the court, quoting from Chief-Justice Taney the
+sentence just preceding, and a similar utterance of Chief-Justice
+Marshall, remarks, "Both these propositions are so well settled in our
+jurisprudence, that it would be a waste of time to discuss them, or to
+refer to further authorities in their support."</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_O_15" id="Footnote_O_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_O_15"><span class="label">[O]</span></a> Throughout the whole course of this discussion on the
+constitutional relations of the Indians, we should indicate as subject
+to possible exception the tribes found upon soil ceded by Mexico. It is
+claimed, that, as Mexico never treated the Indians within its
+jurisdiction other than as a peculiar class of citizens, all the members
+of those tribes became citizens of the United States by virtue of the
+provisions of the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, 1848.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_P_16" id="Footnote_P_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_P_16"><span class="label">[P]</span></a> "Although the Committee have not regarded the questions
+proposed for their consideration by this resolution as at all difficult
+to answer, yet respect for the Senate, which ordered the investigation,
+and the existence of some loose popular notions of modern date in regard
+to the power of the President and Senate to exercise the treaty-making
+power in dealing with the Indian tribes, have induced your Committee to
+examine the questions thus at length, and present extracts from
+treaties, laws, and judicial decisions; and your Committee indulge the
+hope that a reference to these sources of information may tend to fix
+more clearly in the minds of Congress and the people the true theory of
+our relations to these unfortunate tribes."&mdash;<i>Report</i>, p. 11. It would,
+perhaps, have been fortunate had the Committee found the questions
+difficult.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p class="noin"><a name="Footnote_Q_17" id="Footnote_Q_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_Q_17"><span class="label">[Q]</span></a> See Annual Report, Board of Indian Commissioners, 1872, p.
+12.</p>
+
+<p class="noin">Constant efforts are made to break the force of such comparisons as
+these, by asserting that the progress of the Indian Territory in
+industry and the arts of life is due to white men incorporated with the
+Creeks, Cherokees, and Choctaws. If this be true, it would seem that
+white men, when brought under Indian laws, and adopted into Indian
+families, exhibit qualities superior to those which they develop when
+controlling themselves, and organizing their own forms of industry and
+of government. This suggests the inquiry, whether it might not be well
+to turn over two or three Territories that might be named, to the
+Indians, with liberty to pick out white men for adoption and for
+instruction, in the hope that these communities might in time be brought
+up to the condition of that of which the Indians have had sole control
+for forty years.</p>
+</div>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="PAGE_148" id="PAGE_148"></a>
+
+<hr style="width: 35%;" /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>AN ACCOUNT</h2>
+
+<h3>OF THE NUMBERS, LOCATION, AND SOCIAL, AND
+INDUSTRIAL CONDITION OF EACH IMPORTANT
+TRIBE AND BAND OF INDIANS
+WITHIN THE UNITED STATES.</h3>
+<br />
+
+<p>[From the report of Francis A. Walker, U. S. Commissioner of Indian
+Affairs, for the year 1872.]</p>
+
+<p>The Indians within the limits of the United States, exclusive of those
+in Alaska, number, approximately, 300,000.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) They may be divided, according to their geographical location or
+range, into five grand divisions, as follows: in Minnesota, and States
+east of the Mississippi River, about 32,500; in Nebraska, Kansas, and
+the Indian Territory, 70,650; in the Territories of Dakota, Montana,
+Wyoming, and Idaho, 65,000; in Nevada, and the Territories of Colorado,
+New Mexico, Utah, and Arizona, 84,000; and on the Pacific slope,
+48,000.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>(<i>b</i>) In respect to the three lines of railroads&mdash;built or
+projected&mdash;between the States and the Pacific Ocean, viz., the northern,
+central, and southern routes, they may be divided, excluding those
+residing east of Minnesota and of the Missouri River south of Dakota, as
+follows: between the proposed northern route and the British
+Possessions, about 36,000; between the northern and central routes,
+92,000; between the central and the proposed southern routes, 61,000;
+and between the southern route and Mexico, 85,000: making a total of
+274,000.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) As regards their means of support and methods of subsistence, they
+may be divided as follows: those who support themselves upon their own
+reservations, receiving nothing from the government except interest on
+their own moneys, or annuities granted them in consideration of the
+cession of their lands to the United States, number about 130,000; those
+who are entirely subsisted by the government, about 31,000; those in
+part subsisted, 84,000,&mdash;together about 115,000; those who subsist by
+hunting and fishing, upon roots, nuts, berries, &amp;c., or by begging and
+stealing, about 55,000.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) They may be divided again, with respect <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>to their connection with
+the government, as follows: there are about 150,000 who may be said to
+remain constantly upon their reservations, and are under the complete
+control of agents appointed by the government; 95,000 who at times visit
+their agencies either for food or for gossip, or for both, but are
+generally roaming either on or off their reservations, engaged in
+hunting or fishing; and 55,000 who never visit an agency, and over whom
+the government as yet exercises practically no control, but most of whom
+are inoffensive, and commit no acts of hostility against the government.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>e</i>) Again: it may be said, that, of the 300,000 Indians of the
+country, about 180,000 have treaties with the government; 40,000 have no
+treaties with the United States, but have reservations set apart by
+executive order or otherwise for their occupancy, and are in charge of
+agents appointed by the government; 25,000 have no reservations, but are
+more or less under the control of agents appointed for them, and receive
+more or less assistance from the government; the remainder consisting of
+the same 55,000 already twice described, over whom the government
+exercises, practically, no control, and for whom there are no treaty or
+other provisions.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>(<i>f</i>) As to civilization, they may, though with no great degree of
+assurance, be divided, according to a standard taken with reasonable
+reference to what might fairly be expected of a race with such
+antecedents and traditions, as follows: civilized, 97,000;
+semi-civilized, 125,000; wholly barbarous, 78,000.</p>
+<br />
+
+<h3>MINNESOTA, AND EAST OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER.</h3>
+
+<h4>NEW YORK.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians of New York, remnants of the once powerful "Six Nations,"
+number five thousand and seventy. They occupy six reservations in the
+State, containing in the aggregate 68,668 acres. Two of these
+reservations, viz., the Alleghany and Cattaraugus, belonged originally
+to the Colony of Massachusetts, but by sale and assignment passed into
+the hands of a company, the Indians holding a perpetual right of
+occupancy, and the company referred to, or the individual members
+thereof, owning the ultimate fee. The same state of facts formerly
+existed in regard to the Tonawanda reserve; but the Indians who occupy
+it have purchased the ultimate fee of a portion of the reserve, which is
+now held in trust for them by the Secretary of the Interior. The State
+of New York exercises sovereignty over <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>these reservations. The
+reservations occupied by the Oneidas, Onondagas, and Tuscaroras, have
+been provided for by treaty stipulations between the Indians and the
+State of New York. All six reserves are held and occupied by the Indians
+in common. While the Indian tribes of the continent, with few
+exceptions, have been steadily decreasing in numbers, those of New York
+have of late more than held their own, as is shown by an increase of one
+hundred in the present reports over the reported number in 1871, and of
+thirteen hundred over the number embraced in the United-States census of
+1860. On the New-York reservations are twenty-eight schools; the
+attendance during some portions of the past year exceeding eleven
+hundred, the daily average attendance being six hundred and eight. Of
+the teachers employed, fifteen are Indians, as fully competent for this
+position as their white associates. An indication of what is to be
+accomplished in the future, in an educational point of view, is found in
+the successful effort made in August last to establish a teacher's
+institute on the Cattaraugus reservation for the education of teachers
+specially for Indian schools. Thirty-eight applicants attended; and
+twenty-six are now under training. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>The statistics of individual wealth
+and of the aggregate product of agricultural and other industry are, in
+general, favorable; and a considerable increase in these regards is
+observed from year to year. Twenty thousand acres are under cultivation:
+the cereal crops are good; while noticeable success has been achieved in
+the raising of fruit.</p>
+
+
+<h4>MICHIGAN.</h4>
+
+<p>The bands or tribes residing in Michigan are the Chippewas of Saginaw,
+Swan Creek, and Black River; the Ottawas and Chippewas; the
+Pottawatomies of Huron; and the L'Anse band of Chippewas.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Chippewas</i> of Saginaw, Swan Creek, and Black River, numbering
+sixteen hundred and thirty, and the Ottawas and Chippewas, six thousand
+and thirty-nine, are indigenous to the country. They are well advanced
+in civilization; have, with few exceptions, been allotted lands under
+treaty provisions, for which they have received patents; and are now
+entitled to all the privileges and benefits of citizens of the United
+States. Those to whom no allotments have been made can secure homesteads
+under the provisions of the act of June 10, 1872. All treaty
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>stipulations with these Indians have expired. They now have no money or
+other annuities paid to them by the United States Government. The three
+tribes first named have in all four schools, with one hundred and
+fifteen scholars; and the last, two schools, with one hundred and
+fifty-two scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Pottawatomies</i> of Huron number about fifty.</p>
+
+<p><i>The L'Anse</i> band of Chippewas, numbering eleven hundred and
+ninety-five, belong with the other bands of the Chippewas of Lake
+Superior. They occupy a reservation of about forty-eight thousand three
+hundred acres, situated on Lake Superior, in the extreme northern part
+of the State. But few of them are engaged in agriculture, most of them
+depending for their subsistence on hunting and fishing. They have two
+schools, with an attendance of fifty-six scholars.</p>
+
+<p>The progress of the Indians of Michigan in civilization and industry has
+been greatly hindered in the past by a feeling of uncertainty in regard
+to their permanent possession and enjoyment of their homes. Since the
+allotment of land, and the distribution of either patents or homestead
+certificates to these Indians (the L'Anse or Lake <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>Superior Chippewas, a
+people of hunting and fishing habits, excepted), a marked improvement
+has been manifested on their part in regard to breaking land and
+building houses. The aggregate quantity of land cultivated by the
+several tribes is eleven thousand six hundred and twenty acres; corn,
+oats, and wheat being the chief products. The dwellings occupied consist
+of two hundred and forty-four frame and eight hundred and thirty-five
+log houses. The aggregate population of the several tribes named
+(including the confederated "Chippewas, Ottawas, and Pottawatomies,"
+about two hundred and fifty souls, with whom the government made a final
+settlement in 1866 of its treaty obligations) is, by the report of their
+agent for the current year, nine thousand one hundred and seventeen,&mdash;an
+increase over the number reported for 1871 of four hundred and two, due,
+however, perhaps as much to the return of absent Indians as to the
+excess of births over deaths. In educational matters these Indians have,
+of late, most unfortunately, fallen short of the results of former
+years; for the reason mainly that, their treaties expiring, the
+provisions previously existing for educational uses failed.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>WISCONSIN.</h4>
+
+<p>The bands or tribes in Wisconsin are the Chippewas of Lake Superior, the
+Menomonees, the Stockbridges and Munsees, the Oneidas, and certain stray
+bands (so called) of Winnebagoes, Pottawatomies, and Chippewas.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Chippewas</i> of Lake Superior (under which head are included the
+following bands: Fond du Lac, Boise Forte, Grand Portage, Red Cliff, Bad
+River, Lac de Flambeau, and Lac Court D'Oreille) number about five
+thousand one hundred and fifty. They constitute a part of the Ojibways
+(anglicized in the term Chippewas), formerly one of the most powerful
+and warlike nations in the north-west, embracing many bands, and ranging
+over an immense territory, extending along the shores of Lakes Huron,
+Michigan, and Superior, to the steppes of the Upper Mississippi. Of this
+great nation large numbers are still found in Minnesota, many in
+Michigan, and a fragment in Kansas.</p>
+
+<p>The bands above mentioned by name are at present located on several
+small reservations set apart for them by treaties of Sept. 30, 1854, and
+April 7, 1866, in Wisconsin and Minnesota, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>comprising in all about six
+hundred and ninety-five thousand two hundred and ninety acres. By act of
+Congress of May 29, 1872, provision was made for the sale, with the
+consent of the Indians, of three of these reservations, viz., the Lac de
+Flambeau and Lac Court D'Oreille in Wisconsin, and the Fond du Lac in
+Minnesota; and for the removal of the Indians located thereon to the Bad
+River reservation, where there is plenty of good, arable land, and where
+they can be properly cared for, and instructed in agriculture and
+mechanics.</p>
+
+<p>The greater part of these Indians at present lead a somewhat roving
+life, finding their subsistence chiefly in game hunted by them, in the
+rice gathered in its wild state, and in the fish afforded by waters
+conveniently near. Comparatively little is done in the way of
+cultivating the soil. Certain bands have of late been greatly
+demoralized by contact with persons employed in the construction of the
+Northern Pacific Railroad, the line of which runs near one (the Fond du
+Lac) of their reservations. Portions of this people, however, especially
+those situated at the Bad River reservation, have begun to evince an
+earnest desire for self-improvement. Many live in houses of rude
+construction, and raise small <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>crops of grain and vegetables; others
+labor among the whites; and a number find employment in cutting rails,
+fence-posts, and saw-logs for the government. In regard to the efforts
+made to instruct the children in letters, it may be said, that, without
+being altogether fruitless, the results have been thus far meagre and
+somewhat discouraging. The majority of the parents profess to wish to
+have their children educated, and ask for schools; but, when the means
+are provided and the work undertaken, the difficulties in the way of
+success to any considerable extent appear in the undisciplined character
+of the scholars, which has to be overcome by the teacher without
+parental co-operation, and in the great irregularity of attendance at
+school, especially on the part of those who are obliged to accompany
+their parents to the rice-fields, the sugar-camps, or the
+fishing-grounds.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Menomonees</i> number thirteen hundred and sixty-two, and are located
+on a reservation of two hundred and thirty thousand four hundred acres
+in the north-eastern part of Wisconsin. They formerly owned most of the
+eastern portion of the State, and, by treaty entered into with the
+government on the 18th October, 1848, ceded the same for a home in
+Minnesota upon lands that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>had been obtained by the United States from
+the Chippewas; but, becoming dissatisfied with the arrangement, as not
+having accorded them what they claimed to be rightfully due,
+subsequently protested, and manifested great unwillingness to remove. In
+view of this condition of affairs, they were, by the President,
+permitted to remain in Wisconsin, and temporarily located upon the lands
+they now occupy, which were secured to them by a subsequent treaty made
+with the tribe on the 12th May, 1854. This reservation is well watered
+by lakes and streams, the latter affording excellent power and
+facilities for moving logs and lumber to market; the most of their
+country abounding with valuable pine timber. A considerable portion of
+the Menomonees have made real and substantial advancement in
+civilization; numbers of them are engaged in agriculture; others find
+remunerative employment in the lumbering camp established upon their
+reservation, under the management of the government agent, while a few
+still return, at times, to their old pursuits of hunting and fishing.</p>
+
+<p>Under the plan adopted by the department in 1871, in regard to cutting
+and selling the pine timber belonging to these Indians, 2,000,000 feet
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>have been cut and driven, realizing $23,731, of which individual
+Indians received for their labor over $3,000, the treasury of the tribe
+deriving a net profit of $5 per thousand feet. The agent estimates,
+that, for labor done by the Indians upon the reservation, at lumbering,
+and for work outside on railroads, during the past year, about twenty
+thousand dollars has been earned and received, exclusive of the labor
+rendered in building houses, raising crops, making sugar, gathering
+rice, and hunting for peltries. The work of education upon the
+reservations has been of late quite unsatisfactory, but one small school
+being now in operation, with seventy scholars, the average attendance
+being fifty.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Stockbridges and Munsees</i>, numbering two hundred and fifty, occupy
+a reservation of sixty thousand eight hundred acres adjoining the
+Menomonees. The Stockbridges came originally from Massachusetts and New
+York. After several removals they, with the Munsees, finally located on
+their present reservation. Under the provisions of the act of Feb. 6,
+1871, steps are now being taken to dispose of all of their reservation,
+with the exception of eighteen sections best adapted for agricultural
+purposes, which are <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>reserved for their future use. They have no treaty
+stipulations with the United States at the present time; nor do they
+receive any annuities of any kind from the government. These
+tribes&mdash;indeed, it may be said this tribe (the Stockbridges); for of the
+Munsees there probably remain not more than a half a dozen souls&mdash;were
+formerly an intelligent, prosperous people, not a whit behind the most
+advanced of the race, possessed of good farms, well instructed, and
+industrious. Unfortunately for them, though much to the advantage of the
+government, which acquired thereby a valuable tract of country for white
+settlement, they removed, in 1857, to their present place of abode. The
+change has proved highly detrimental to their interests and prospects.
+Their new reservation, the greater part poor in soil and seriously
+affected by wet seasons and frequent frosts, has never yielded them more
+than a meagre subsistence. Many have for this reason left the tribe, and
+have been for years endeavoring to obtain a livelihood among the whites,
+maintaining but little intercourse with those remaining on the
+reservation, yet still holding their rights in the tribal property. The
+result has been bickerings and faction quarrels, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>prejudicial to the
+peace and advancement of the community. More than one-half of the
+present membership of the tribe, from both the "citizen" and the
+"Indian" parties, into which it has been long divided, are reported by
+the agent as having decided to avail themselves of the enrollment
+provisions in the act of Congress of February, 1871, before referred to,
+by which they will finally receive their share of the tribal property,
+and become citizens of the United States. Those who desire to retain
+their tribal relation under the protection of the United States may,
+under the act adverted to, if they so elect by their council, procure a
+new location for their future home. The school interests and religious
+care of this people are under the superintendence of Mr. Jeremiah
+Slingerland, a Stockbridge of much repute for his intelligence, and his
+success in the cause of the moral and educational improvement of his
+people.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Oneidas</i>, numbering twelve hundred and fifty-nine, have a
+reservation of 60,800 acres near Green Bay. They constitute the greater
+portion of the tribe of that name (derived from Lake Oneida, where the
+tribe then resided), formerly one of the "Six Nations." Two hundred and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>fifty of the Oneidas yet remain in New York on the reservations already
+described. Those who are found in Michigan are progressing in the arts
+of civilized life, many of them being intelligent, industrious, and ripe
+for citizenship. The progress of those best disposed and most advanced
+is, however, retarded by the fact of the tribal lands being held in
+common, by which the incentive to individual exertion is greatly
+impaired, and habits of industry and frugality discouraged. There are
+also some members who fail to keep pace with the progress of the tribe,
+in part, probably, from the same cause which hinders the improvement of
+those better disposed, but principally from that fatal curse of the
+Indian, the passion for intoxicating liquor, which is especially
+developed among those members of the tribe who are engaged in lumbering.</p>
+
+<p>It is now believed that a large majority of the tribe favor the division
+of their lands, and the allotment of parcels to families and
+individuals,&mdash;a measure deemed to be of the first importance to the
+future welfare of this people, and which, it is suggested, should be the
+subject of legislative action with a view to its consummation at the
+earliest practicable date. There are two schools <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>for this tribe, having
+on the rolls two hundred and seventeen scholars, the average attendance
+being ninety.</p>
+
+<p>The stray bands of Winnebagoes, Chippewas, and Pottawatomies number
+about sixteen hundred. They are scattered in small parties over the
+central and northern portions of the State, and are those members of the
+tribes named who did not remove when their respective tribes went west
+of the Mississippi. They receive no assistance from the government, and
+subsist by cultivating small patches of corn and vegetables, by hunting,
+fishing, and gathering berries, and by working for the whites at certain
+seasons of the year. A number own a few acres: others rent small patches
+from the whites. They are accused of causing considerable annoyance to
+the farmers in some localities; and, on account of complaints having
+been made in this respect, Congress has appropriated funds to remove
+them to the tribes to which they respectively belong, or to some place
+in the Indian Territory south of Kansas. For various reasons their
+removal has not yet been undertaken. Indeed, while this may be found
+practicable, I doubt whether it can be thoroughly accomplished without
+additional and severe legislation on the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>part of Congress, as the
+Indians are attached to the country, and express great repugnance to
+their contemplated removal from it. On this account, and for the reason
+that they cannot be supposed to feel much interest in those from whom
+they have been so long separated, and by whom they might not be heartily
+welcomed, it is probable that those who should be removed against their
+will would return to their old haunts, and do the same as often as they
+should be removed therefrom.</p>
+
+<h4>MINNESOTA.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians residing within the limits of Minnesota, as in the case of
+those of the same name living in Wisconsin, heretofore noticed,
+constitute a portion of the Ojibway or Chippewa nation, and comprise the
+following bands: Mississippi, Pillager, Winnebagoshish, Pembina, Red
+Lake, Boise Forte, Fond du Lac, and Grand Portage. The last three bands,
+being attached to the agency for the Chippewas of Lake Superior, have
+been treated of in connection with the Indians of Wisconsin. The five
+first-named bands number in the aggregate about six thousand four
+hundred and fifty-five souls, and occupy, or rather it is intended <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>they
+shall ultimately occupy, ample reservations in the central and northern
+portion of the State, known as the White Earth, Leech Lake, and Red Lake
+reservations, containing altogether about 4,672,000 acres, a portion of
+which is very valuable for its pine timber.</p>
+
+<p>The condition of these Indians, except those upon the White Earth
+reservation, has been but little changed during the past year from that
+of several years preceding. Great difficulty is still experienced in
+inducing the Indians to remain permanently upon their reservations. A
+roving life is still preferred by many, their old haunts presenting more
+attractions for them than new homes with the unavoidable necessity of
+labor for subsistence. Yet no inconsiderable number are already
+evidencing by their efforts, as well as by their professions, a new
+spirit of industry and enterprise. The past year has been one of trouble
+and unusual excitement on the part of both whites and Indians, on
+account of the ill behavior of the Pillager band; and apprehensions of a
+serious outbreak were for a time entertained. Nine murders of citizens
+are reported to have been committed by individual Chippewas, mainly if
+not wholly of this band; and threats were made on the part of some of
+the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>Pillagers, which, if carried out, would have involved nearly all of
+the Indians of this section in hostilities. Happily, by the prompt
+arrival of United States troops upon the White Earth reservation, and
+more especially by the strong disapprobation of the conduct of the
+Pillagers expressed in council by the general body of Leech Lake
+Indians, and their evident purpose to unite with the government in
+putting down any and all enemies of the peace, the crisis was passed;
+and comparative quiet has again been restored. In view of the atrocities
+committed by the Pillagers, and of the alarm occasioned thereby among
+the citizens of Minnesota, Gov. Austin issued a proclamation requiring
+all Indians to remain upon their reservations under penalty of arrest,
+to be effected by the militia of the State, should it be found
+necessary. In the present condition of things, however, a compliance by
+all with this requirement is simply impossible; and there is danger,
+that, without the exercise of great prudence and forbearance on the part
+of the State authorities, further and greater difficulties may arise.
+The "Otter Tail" Pillagers, to whom the difficulties referred to are
+principally due, have the right to a home on the White Earth
+reservation. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>They removed to it in 1871; but, as they were not provided
+with the means of opening farms, nor with subsistence during the time
+necessary to raise a crop, they returned to their former haunts. They
+are now warned off from their grounds at Otter Tail by the State
+authorities. The larger portion of the Pillagers, together with the
+Winnebagoshish band, about fifteen hundred in number, live around Leech
+Lake. Their general reputation for turbulence and worthlessness of
+character is well known and of long standing: still there are those who
+seem willing and ready to work if assisted by the government.</p>
+
+<p>Agent Smith, in charge, says that their country is barren, with only
+here and there patches susceptible of tillage, accessible only by canoe
+or steamboat. In this connection, and adverting to the murders committed
+by the Pillagers, it is but just to notice that all lawlessness in
+Minnesota, in the region of the Indian reservations, is not confined to
+Indians. The murder of two Indians of the Otter Tail Pillagers, for the
+offence of camping on a white man's ground, is reported; while two
+others, who had been arrested at White Earth on suspicion of complicity
+in a murder, and lodged in jail for trial, were taken therefrom by a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>mob, and hung. Such conduct can but have a pernicious effect upon the
+Indian mind, and tend to arouse a spirit of revenge and retaliation.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mississippi bands.</i>&mdash;These Indians reside in different localities. Most
+of them are on their reservation at White Earth: others are at Mille
+Lac, Gull Lake, and some at White Oak Point reservations. Upon the
+first-named reservation operations have been quite extensive in the
+erection of school-buildings, dwelling-houses, shops, and mills, and in
+breaking ground. At one time during the past summer there was a prospect
+of an abundant yield from 300 acres sown in cereals; but, unfortunately,
+the grasshoppers swept away the entire crop; and a second crop of
+buckwheat and turnips proved a failure. The Indians on this reservation
+are well-behaved, and inclined to be industrious. Many of them are
+engaged in tilling the soil, while others are learning the mechanical
+arts; and they may, as a body, be said to be making considerable
+progress in the pursuits of civilized life. About one-half of the
+Indians at Gull Lake have been removed to White Earth: the remainder are
+opposed to removal, and will, in their present feeling, rather forfeit
+their annuities than change their location. The Mille Lac <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>Chippewas,
+who continue to occupy the lands ceded by them in 1863, with reservation
+of the right to live thereon during good behavior, are indisposed to
+leave their old home for the new one designed for them on the White
+Earth reservation. Only about twenty-five have thus far been induced to
+remove. Their present reservation is rich in pine lands, the envy of
+lumber dealers; and there is a strong pressure on all sides for their
+early removal. They should have help from the government, whether they
+remain or remove; and this could be afforded to a sufficient extent by
+the sale for their benefit of the timber upon the lands now occupied by
+them. Probably the government could provide for them in no better way.</p>
+
+<p><i>The White Oak Point Chippewas</i> were formerly known as Sandy Lake
+Indians. They were removed in 1867 from Sandy Lake and Rabbit Lake to
+White Oak Point on the Mississippi, near the eastern part of the Leech
+Lake reservation. This location is unfavorable to their moral
+improvement and material progress, from its proximity to the
+lumber-camps of the whites. Thus far the effort made to better their
+condition, by placing them on farming land, has proved a failure. The
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>ground broken for them has gone back into grass; and their log-houses
+are in ruin, the former occupants betaking themselves to their wonted
+haunts. It would be well if these Indians could be induced to remove to
+the White Earth reservation.</p>
+
+<p>At Red Lake the Indians have had a prosperous year: good crops of corn
+and potatoes have been raised, and a number of houses built. This band
+would be in much better circumstances were they possessed of a greater
+quantity of arable lands. That to which they are at present limited
+allows but five acres, suitable for that use, to each family. It is
+proposed to sell their timber, and with the proceeds clear lands,
+purchase stock, and establish a manual-labor school.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Pembina</i> bands reside in Dakota Territory, but are here noticed in
+connection with the Minnesota Indians, because of their being attached
+to the same agency. They have no reservation, having ceded their lands
+by treaty made in 1863, but claim title to Turtle Mountain in Dakota, on
+which some of them resided at the time of the treaty, and which lies
+west of the line of the cession then made. They number, the full-bloods
+about three hundred and fifty, and the half-breeds about one hundred.
+They lead a somewhat <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>nomadic life, depending upon the chase for a
+precarious subsistence, in connection with an annuity from the
+government of the United States.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Chippewas</i> of Minnesota have had but few educational advantages;
+but with the facilities now being afforded, and with the earnest
+endeavors that are now being put forth by their agent and the teachers
+employed, especially at White Earth, it is expected that their interests
+in this regard will be greatly promoted. At White Earth school
+operations have been quite successful; so much so, that it will require
+additional accommodations to meet the demands of the Indians for the
+education of their children. The only other school in operation is that
+at Red Lake, under the auspices of the American Indian Mission
+Association.</p>
+
+
+<h4>INDIANA.</h4>
+
+<p>There are now in Indiana about three hundred and forty-five Miamies, who
+did not go to Kansas when the tribe moved to that section under the
+treaty of 1840. They are good citizens, many being thrifty farmers,
+giving no trouble either to their white neighbors or to the government.
+There is also a small band called the Eel River band of Miamies,
+residing in this State and in Michigan.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>NORTH CAROLINA, TENNESSEE, AND GEORGIA.</h4>
+
+<p><i>Cherokees.</i>&mdash;There are residing in these States probably about
+seventeen hundred Cherokees, who elected to remain, under the provisions
+respecting Cherokees averse to removal, contained in the twelfth article
+of the treaty with the Cherokees of 1835. Under the act of July 29,
+1848, a <i>per capita</i> transportation and subsistence fund of $53.33 was
+created and set apart for their benefit in accordance with a census-roll
+made under the provisions of said act, the interest on which fund until
+such time as they shall individually remove to the Indian country is the
+only money to which those named in said roll, who are living, or the
+heirs of those who have deceased, are entitled. This interest is too
+small to be of any benefit; and some action should be taken by Congress,
+with a view of having all business matters between these Indians and the
+government settled, by removing such of them west as now desire to go,
+and paying those who decline to remove, the <i>per capita</i> fund referred
+to. The government has no agent residing with these Indians. In
+accordance with their earnestly expressed desire to be brought under the
+immediate charge of the government, as its wards, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>Congress, by law
+approved July 27, 1868, directed that the Secretary of the Interior
+should cause the Commissioner of Indian Affairs to take the same
+supervisory charge of them as of other tribes of Indians; but this
+practically amounts to nothing, in the absence of means to carry out the
+intention of the law with any beneficial result to the Indians. The
+condition of this people is represented to be deplorable. Before the
+late rebellion they were living in good circumstances, engaged, with all
+the success which could be expected, in farming, and in various minor
+industrial pursuits. Like all other inhabitants of this section, they
+suffered much during the war, and are now from this and other causes
+much impoverished.</p>
+
+
+<h4>FLORIDA.</h4>
+
+<p><i>Seminoles.</i>&mdash;There are a few Seminoles&mdash;supposed to number about three
+hundred&mdash;still residing in Florida, being those, or the descendants of
+those, who refused to accompany the tribe when it removed to the west
+many years ago. But little is known of their condition and temper.</p>
+<br />
+
+<h3><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>NEBRASKA, KANSAS, AND THE INDIAN TERRITORY.</h3>
+
+<p>The tribes residing in Nebraska, Kansas, and the Indian Territory are
+divided as follows: in Nebraska about 6,485; in Kansas, 1,500; in the
+Indian Territory, 62,465.</p>
+
+<h4>NEBRASKA.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians in Nebraska are the Santee Sioux, Winnebagoes, Omahas,
+Pawnees, Sacs and Foxes of the Missouri, Iowas, and the Otoes and
+Missourias.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Santee Sioux</i>, now numbering nine hundred and sixty-five, a
+decrease from last year of twenty-two, are a portion of the Sisseton,
+Wahpeton, Medawakanton, and Wahpakoota bands of Sioux of the
+Mississippi, belonging thus to the great Sioux or Dakota nation. They
+formerly, with other members of the same bands,&mdash;now located on
+reservations in Dakota, one at Devil's Lake in the north-east corner of
+the Territory, and another at Lake Traverse near their old home,&mdash;had an
+extensive and valuable reservation in Minnesota, stretching, with a
+width of ten miles, a long distance on the south side of the Minnesota
+River; <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>and were comparatively wealthy and prosperous until the Sioux
+outbreak in 1862, in which, it will be remembered, nearly one thousand
+white citizens lost their lives. After the suppression of hostilities
+consequent on this outbreak, most of the Santee Sioux were removed, in
+1863, to the Crow Creek reservation, and finally, in 1866, to their
+present location near the mouth of the Niobrara River, at which point
+their numbers were increased, to the extent of about two hundred, by the
+accession of other Sioux, who had been held at Davenport, Io., as
+prisoners, charged with complicity in the outbreak, but were pardoned by
+the President.</p>
+
+<p>The reservation of the Santee Sioux contains 83,200 acres; of which a
+small portion only is suitable for agricultural purposes, the country
+generally being broken with high bluffs and deep ravines. Lands have
+been allotted in severalty to over two hundred. These Indians are
+peaceable, industrious, and well advanced in the arts of life, and will
+soon render themselves independent of the assistance now afforded by the
+government. They have about five hundred acres in cultivation; upon
+which good crops of wheat, corn, oats, potatoes, &amp;c., are raised, when
+not destroyed by that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>scourge of the country, the grasshopper. The
+houses of the Santee Sioux are generally of rude structure; those first
+built being without windows, and having only dirt floors and roofs. The
+Indians are, however, improving of late in this regard, and building
+much more durable and comfortable dwellings. They are parties to the
+treaty made in 1868 with the nine bands of the Sioux nation, ranging in
+the region of the Upper Missouri River. In addition to the benefits
+derived by the Santee Sioux under this treaty, they have moneys
+resulting from the sale of their lands in Minnesota, which are being
+used for their benefit in improving their farms, and otherwise aiding
+them in their efforts to become self-supporting. Three schools are in
+successful operation on their reservation, having in attendance three
+hundred and twenty-three scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Winnebagoes.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering one thousand four hundred and
+forty, a gain of forty over last year, are located in the eastern part
+of Nebraska, on a reservation containing 128,000 acres, adjoining that
+of the Omahas, and lying about eighty miles north of the city of Omaha.
+They are the remnant of a once powerful tribe which formerly inhabited
+Wisconsin, from which <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>State they removed to Minnesota under the treaty
+of 1837. At the outbreak of the Sioux in 1862, they were peaceably
+engaged in agriculture, in a beautiful and fertile country on the waters
+of the Blue Earth River, a majority being thriving and industrious
+farmers, many of them possessing considerable intelligence. Although the
+Winnebagoes were wholly disconnected with that outbreak, yet the
+citizens in their immediate vicinity, as well as in other portions of
+Minnesota, were so determined that all Indians should be removed beyond
+the limits of the State, that Congress, in 1863, passed an act providing
+for their removal. They were first removed in May, 1863, to Crow Creek,
+in Dakota; and after great suffering, and loss of many lives from
+exposure and starvation, they were finally established upon their
+present reservation, which had been secured for them by the government
+under treaty stipulations with the Omahas, and at which they arrived in
+small and straggling parties during the year 1864. They are now
+gradually regaining their former comfortable and prosperous condition.
+Allotments of lands have been made to them. Their agent reports that the
+past year has been marked by a steady improvement of the condition
+generally of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>tribe. The men have nearly all adopted the dress of
+the whites; and the agent anticipates that the women will do the same so
+soon as they shall come to live in houses, a number of which (50), of a
+better class than is usually provided for Indian occupancy, are now
+being erected, to be given to those most industrious and making the
+greatest progress toward civilization. Considerable interest is
+manifested in education, there being three day-schools, efficiently
+managed, with an attendance of two hundred and fifty scholars; and there
+is probably in operation by this date also an industrial and boarding
+school, capable of accommodating eighty scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Omahas.</i>&mdash;The Omahas, a peaceable and inoffensive people, numbering
+nine hundred and sixty-nine, a decrease since 1871 of fifteen, are
+native to the country now occupied by them, and occupy a reservation of
+345,600 acres adjoining the Winnebagoes. They have lands allotted to
+them in severalty, and have made considerable advancement in agriculture
+and civilization, though they still follow the chase to some extent.
+Under the provisions of the act of June 10, 1872, steps are being taken
+to sell 50,000 acres of the western part of their reservation. The
+proceeds of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>sale of these lands will enable them to improve and
+stock their farms, build houses, &amp;c., and, with proper care and
+industry, to become in a few years entirely self-sustaining. A few
+cottages are to be found upon this reservation.</p>
+
+<p>There are at present three schools in operation on this reservation,
+with an attendance of one hundred and twenty scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pawnees.</i>&mdash;The Pawnees, a warlike people, number two thousand four
+hundred and forty-seven, an increase for the past year of eighty-three.
+They are located on a reservation of 288,000 acres, in the central part
+of the State. They are native to the country now occupied by them, and
+have for years been loyal to the government, having frequently furnished
+scouts for the army in operations against hostile tribes or marauding
+bands. Their location, so near the frontier, and almost in constant
+contact with the Indians of the plains, with whom they have been always
+more or less at war, has tended to retard their advancement in the arts
+of civilization. They are, however, gradually becoming more habituated
+to the customs of the whites, are giving some attention to agriculture,
+and, with the disappearance of the buffalo from their section of the
+country, will <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>doubtless settle down to farming and to the practice of
+mechanical arts in earnest. The act of June 10, 1872, heretofore
+referred to, provides also for the sale of 50,000 acres belonging to the
+Pawnees, the same to be taken from that part of their reservation lying
+south of Loup Fork. These lands are now being surveyed; and it is
+believed, that, with the proceeds of this sale, such improvements, in
+the way of building houses and opening and stocking farms, can be made
+for the Pawnees as will at an early day induce them to give their entire
+time and attention to industrial pursuits. There are two schools in
+operation on the reservation,&mdash;one a manual-labor boarding-school, the
+other a day-school, with an attendance at both of one hundred and
+eighteen scholars. Provision was also made by Congress, at its last
+session, for the erection of two additional schoolhouses for the use of
+this tribe.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sacs and Foxes of the Missouri.</i>&mdash;These Indians, formerly a portion of
+the same tribe with the Indians now known as the Sacs and Foxes of the
+Mississippi, emigrated many years ago from Iowa, and settled near the
+tribe of Iowas, hereafter to be mentioned. They number at the present
+time but eighty-eight, having been steadily <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>diminishing for years. They
+have a reservation of about 16,000 acres, lying in the south-eastern
+part of Nebraska and the north-eastern part of Kansas, purchased for
+them from the Iowas. Most of it is excellent land; but they have never,
+to any considerable extent, made use of it for tillage, being almost
+hopelessly disinclined to engage in labor of any kind, and depending
+principally for their subsistence, a very poor one, upon their annuity,
+which is secured to them by the treaty of Oct. 31, 1837, and amounts to
+$7,870. By act of June 10, 1872, provision was made for the sale of a
+portion or all of their reservation, the proceeds of such sale to be
+expended for their immediate use, or for their removal to the Indian
+Territory or elsewhere. They have consented to the sale of their entire
+reservation; and, so soon as funds shall have been received from that
+source, steps will be taken to have them removed to the Indian Territory
+south of Kansas.</p>
+
+<p><i>Iowas.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering at present two hundred and
+twenty-five, emigrated years ago from Iowa and North-western Missouri,
+and now have a reservation adjoining the Sacs and Foxes of the Missouri,
+containing about 16,000 acres. They belong to a much better class of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>Indians than their neighbors the Sacs and Foxes, being temperate,
+frugal, industrious, and interested in the education of their children.
+They were thoroughly loyal during the late rebellion, and furnished a
+number of soldiers to the Union army. Many of them are good farmers; and
+as a tribe they are generally extending their agricultural operations,
+improving their dwellings, and adding to their comforts. A large
+majority of the tribe are anxious to have their reservation allotted in
+severalty; and, inasmuch as they are not inclined to remove to another
+locality, it would seem desirable that their wishes in this respect
+should be complied with. One school is in operation on the reservation,
+with an attendance of sixty-eight scholars, besides an industrial home
+for orphans, supported by the Indians themselves.</p>
+
+<p><i>Otoes and Missourias.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering four hundred and
+sixty-four, an increase of fourteen over last year, were removed from
+Iowa and Missouri to their present beautiful and fertile reservation,
+comprising 160,000 acres, and situated in the southern part of Nebraska.
+Until quite recently they have evinced but little disposition to labor
+for a support or in any way to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>better their miserable condition; yet
+cut off from their wonted source of subsistence, the buffalo, by their
+fear of the wild tribes which have taken possession of their old
+hunting-grounds, they have gradually been more and more forced to work
+for a living. Within the last three years many of them have opened farms
+and built themselves houses. A school has also been established, having
+an attendance of ninety-five scholars.</p>
+
+<h4>KANSAS.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians still remaining in Kansas are the Kickapoos, Pottawatomies
+(Prairie band), Chippewas and Munsees, Miamies, and the Kansas or Kaws.</p>
+
+<p><i>Kickapoos.</i>&mdash;The Kickapoos emigrated from Illinois, and are now
+located, to the number of two hundred and ninety, on a reservation of
+19,200 acres, in the north-eastern part of the State. During the late
+war a party of about one hundred, dissatisfied with the treaty made with
+the tribe in 1863, went to Mexico, upon representations made to them by
+certain of their kinsmen living in that republic, that they would be
+welcomed and protected by the Mexican government; but, finding
+themselves deceived, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>attempted to return to the United States. Only a
+few, however, succeeded in reaching the Kickapoo agency. The Kickapoos
+now remaining in Mexico separated from the tribe more than twenty years
+ago, and settled among the southern Indians in the Indian Territory, on
+or near the Washita River, whence they went to Mexico, where they still
+live, notwithstanding the efforts of the government, of late, to arrange
+with Mexico for their removal to the Indian Territory and location upon
+some suitable reservation. Their raids across the border have been a
+sore affliction to the people of Texas; and it is important that the
+first promising occasion should be taken to secure their return to the
+United States, and their establishment where they may be carefully
+watched, and restrained from their depredatory habits, or summarily
+punished if they persist in them. The Kickapoos remaining in Kansas are
+peaceable and industrious, continuing to make commendable progress in
+the cultivation of their farms, and showing much interest in the
+education of their children. Under the provisions of the treaty of June
+28, 1862, a few of these Indians have received lands in severalty, for
+which patents have been issued, and are now citizens of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>the United
+States. Two schools are in operation among these Indians, with a daily
+average attendance of thirty-nine scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pottawatomies.</i>&mdash;The Prairie band is all of this tribe remaining in
+Kansas, the rest having become citizens and removed, or most of them, to
+the Indian Territory. The tribe, excepting those in Wisconsin heretofore
+noticed, formerly resided in Michigan and Indiana, and removed to Kansas
+under the provisions of the treaty of 1846. The Prairie band numbers, as
+nearly as ascertained, about four hundred, and is located on a reserve
+of 77,357 acres, fourteen miles north of Topeka. Notwithstanding many
+efforts to educate and civilize these Indians, most of them still cling
+tenaciously to the habits and customs of their fathers. Some, however,
+have recently turned their attention to agricultural pursuits, and are
+now raising stock and most of the varieties of grain produced by their
+white neighbors. They are also showing more interest in education than
+formerly; one school being in operation on the reservation, with an
+attendance of eighty-four scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chippewas and Munsees.</i>&mdash;Certain of the Chippewas of Saginaw, Swan
+Creek, and Black River, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>removed from Michigan under the treaty of 1836;
+and certain Munsees, or Christian Indians, from Wisconsin under the
+treaty of 1839. These were united by the terms of the treaty concluded
+with them July 16, 1859. The united bands now number only fifty-six.
+They own 4,760 acres of land in Franklin County, about forty miles south
+of the town of Lawrence, holding the same in severalty, are considerably
+advanced in the arts of life, and earn a decent living, principally by
+agriculture. They have one school in operation, with an attendance of
+sixteen scholars. These Indians, at present, have no treaty with the
+United States; nor do they receive any assistance from the government.</p>
+
+<p><i>Miamies.</i>&mdash;The Miamies of Kansas formerly resided in Indiana, forming
+one tribe with the Miamies still remaining in that State, but removed in
+1846 to their present location, under the provisions of the treaty of
+1840.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to the secession of a considerable number who have allied
+themselves with the Peorias, in the Indian Territory, and also to the
+ravages of disease consequent on vicious indulgences, especially in the
+use of intoxicating drinks, this band, which, on its removal from
+Indiana, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>embraced about five hundred, at present numbers but
+ninety-five. These have a reservation of 10,240 acres in Linn and Miami
+Counties, in the south-east part of Kansas, the larger part of which is
+held in severalty by them.</p>
+
+<p>The Superintendent of Indian Affairs, in immediate charge, in his report
+for this year says the Miamies remaining in Kansas are greatly
+demoralized, their school has been abandoned, and their youth left
+destitute of educational advantages.</p>
+
+<p>Considerable trouble has been for years caused by white settlers
+locating aggressively on lands belonging to these Indians, no effort for
+their extrusion having been thus far successful.</p>
+
+<p><i>Kansas or Kaws.</i>&mdash;These Indians are native to the country they occupy.
+They number at present five hundred and ninety-three: in 1860 they
+numbered eight hundred and three. Although they have a reservation of
+80,640 acres of good land in the eastern part of the State, they are
+poor and improvident, and have in late years suffered much for want of
+the actual necessaries of life. They never were much disposed to labor,
+depending upon the chase for a living, in connection with the annuities
+due from government. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>They have been growing steadily poorer; and even
+now, in their straitened circumstances, and under the pressure of want,
+they show but little inclination to engage in agricultural pursuits, all
+attempts to induce them to work having measurably proved failures. Until
+quite recently they could not even be prevailed upon to have their
+children educated. One school is now in operation, with an attendance of
+about forty-five scholars. By the act of May 8, 1872, provision was made
+for the sale of all the lands owned by these Indians in Kansas, and for
+their removal to the Indian Territory. Provision was also made, by the
+act of June 5, 1872, for their settlement within the limits of a tract
+of land therein provided to be set apart for the Osages. Their lands in
+Kansas are now being appraised by commissioners appointed for the
+purpose, preparatory to their sale.</p>
+
+<h4>INDIAN TERRITORY.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians at present located in the Indian Territory&mdash;an extensive
+district, bounded north by Kansas, east by Missouri and Arkansas, south
+by Texas, and west by the one hundredth meridian, designated by the
+commissioners appointed under act of Congress July 20, 1867, to
+establish <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>peace with certain hostile tribes, as one of two great
+Territories (the other being, in the main, the present Territory of
+Dakota, west of the Missouri) upon which might be concentrated the great
+body of all the Indians east of the Rocky Mountains&mdash;are the Cherokees,
+Choctaws, Chickasaws, Creeks, Seminoles, Senecas, Shawnees, Quapaws,
+Ottawas of Blanchard's Fork and Roche de B&oelig;uf, Peorias, and
+confederated Kaskaskias, Weas and Piankeshaws, Wyandots, Pottawatomies,
+Sacs and Foxes of the Mississippi, Osages, Kiowas, Comanches, the
+Arapahoes and Cheyennes of the south, the Wichitas and other affiliated
+bands, and a small band of Apaches long confederated with the Kiowas and
+Comanches.</p>
+
+<p><i>Cherokees.</i>&mdash;The Cherokees number, according to the census for 1872,
+furnished by their agent, 18,000. In the report for 1871 the agent
+estimated the number at 14,682, and stated that if the Cherokees
+remaining in North Carolina and other States were gathered into the
+nation, the population would then be 16,500. He does not now account for
+the large increase over the enumeration for 1871, which must be due to a
+gross error in one report or the other. The Cherokees occupy a
+reservation of 3,844,712 acres in the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>north-eastern part of the
+Territory, lying east of the 96&deg; west longitude. They also own a strip
+about fifty miles wide adjoining Kansas on the south, and extending from
+the Arkansas River west to the 100&deg; west longitude. By the treaty of
+1866, however, the United States may settle friendly Indians within the
+limits of the latter tract; and when such settlements are made the
+rights of the Cherokees to the lands so occupied terminate, the lands
+thus disposed of to be paid for to the Cherokee nation at such price as
+may be agreed upon by the parties in interest, or as may be fixed by the
+President. That portion of country lying between the 96&deg; west longitude
+on the east, the Arkansas River on the west and south, and the State of
+Kansas on the north, formerly owned by the Cherokees, has been sold to
+the Osages.</p>
+
+<p>The Cherokees originally inhabited sections of country now embraced
+within the State of Georgia and portions of the States of Tennessee and
+North Carolina, and moved to their present location under the provisions
+of the treaties concluded with them in 1817 and 1835. They have their
+own written language, their national constitution and laws, their
+churches, schools, and academies, their judges and courts. They are
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>emphatically an agricultural and stock-raising people, and perhaps of
+all the Indian tribes, great and small, are first in general
+intelligence, in the acquisition of wealth, in the knowledge of the
+useful arts, and in social and moral progress. The evidences of a real
+and substantial advancement in these respects are too clear to be
+questioned; and it is the more remarkable from the fact, that, but a few
+years since, they were, as a people, almost ruined by the ravages of
+civil war. Their dwellings consist of 500 frame-houses, and 3,500
+log-houses. Of the principal crops, they have raised during the year
+2,925,000 bushels of corn, 97,500 bushels of wheat, about the same
+quantity of oats, and 80,000 bushels of potatoes. Their stock consists
+of 16,000 horses, 75,000 cattle, 160,000 hogs, and 9,000 sheep. The
+individual wealth is estimated at $4,995,000.</p>
+
+<p>By the latest reports, they had sixty schools in successful operation,
+all, with the exception of one managed by the Moravians, maintained out
+of the national school-fund, and having in attendance 2,133 scholars.
+Three of these schools are for the education of the freedmen living in
+the country. The orphans of the Cherokees have been heretofore provided
+for in private families, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>by means of the interest derived from certain
+funds invested for that purpose; but during the past year an orphan
+asylum has been established under an act of the National Council, where
+are now gathered fifty-four of this class. This school is designed
+ultimately to embrace in its operations all the orphans of the nation.</p>
+
+<p>The Cherokees have no treaty-funds paid to them or expended for their
+benefit. They have, however, United-States and State bonds held in trust
+for them by the Secretary of the Interior, to the amount of
+$1,633,627.39; also a recognized claim on account of abstracted State
+bonds to the amount of $83,000, on which the interest is appropriated
+annually by Congress, making in all $1,716,627.39. This sum is divided
+under the following heads, viz., national fund, $1,008,285.07; school
+fund, $532,407.01; orphan fund, $175,935.31. The interest on these
+several sums is paid to the treasurer of the Cherokee nation, to be used
+under the direction of the National Council for the objects indicated by
+said heads.</p>
+
+<p><i>Choctaws and Chickasaws.</i>&mdash;These tribes are for certain national
+purposes confederated. The Choctaws, numbering 16,000, an increase of
+1,000 on the enumeration for 1871, have a reservation of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>6,688,000
+acres in the south-eastern part of the Territory; and the Chickasaws,
+numbering 6,000, own a tract containing 4,377,600 acres adjoining the
+Choctaws on the west. These tribes originally inhabited the section of
+country now embraced within the State of Mississippi, and were removed
+to their present location in accordance with the terms of the treaties
+concluded with them, respectively, in 1820 and 1832. The remarks made
+respecting the language, laws, educational advantages, industrial
+pursuits, and advancement in the arts and customs of civilized life, of
+the Cherokees, will apply in the main to the Choctaws and Chickasaws.
+The Choctaws have 36 schools in operation, with an attendance of 819
+scholars; the Chickasaws 11, with 379 scholars. The Choctaws, under the
+treaties of Nov. 16, 1805, Oct. 18, 1820, Jan. 20, 1825, and June 22,
+1855, receive permanent annuities as follows: in money, $3,000; for
+support of government, education, and other beneficial purposes,
+$25,512.89; for support of light-horsemen, $600; and for iron and steel,
+$320. They also have United-States and State stocks, held in trust for
+them by the Secretary of the Interior, to the amount of $506,427.20,
+divided as follows: on account of "Choctaw general fund," <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>$454,000; of
+"Choctaw school-fund," $52,427.20. The interest on these funds, and the
+annuities, &amp;c., are turned over to the treasurer of the nation, and
+expended under the direction of the National Council in the manner and
+for the objects indicated in each case. The Chickasaws, under act of
+Feb. 25, 1799, and treaty of April 28, 1866, have a permanent annuity of
+$3,000. They also have United-States and State stocks, held in trust for
+them by the Secretary of the Interior, to the amount of
+$1,185,947.03&#8532;; $183,947.03&#8532; thereof being a "national fund," and
+$2,000 a fund for "incompetents." The interest on these sums, and the
+item of $3,000 first referred to, are paid over to the treasurer of the
+nation, and disbursed by him, under the direction of the National
+Council, and for such objects as that body may determine.</p>
+
+<p><i>Creeks.</i>&mdash;The Creeks came originally from Alabama and Georgia. They
+numbered at the latest date of enumeration 12,295, and have a
+reservation of 3,215,495 acres in the eastern and central part of the
+Territory. They are not generally so far advanced as the Cherokees,
+Choctaws, and Chickasaws, but are making rapid progress, and will
+doubtless, in a few years, rank in all respects with their neighbors,
+the three tribes just named. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>The Creeks, by the latest reports, have 33
+schools in operation; one of which is under the management of the
+Methodist Mission Society, and another supported by the Presbyterians.
+The number of scholars in all the schools is 760. These Indians have,
+under treaties of Aug. 7, 1790, June 16, 1802, Jan. 24, 1826, Aug. 7,
+1856, and June 14, 1866, permanent annuities and interest on moneys
+uninvested as follows: in money, $68,258.40; for pay of blacksmiths and
+assistants, wagon-maker, wheelwright, iron and steel, $3,250; for
+assistance in agricultural operations, $2,000; and for education,
+$1,000. The Secretary of the Interior holds in trust for certain members
+of the tribe, known as "orphans," United-States and State bonds to the
+amount of $76,999.66, the interest on which sum is paid to those of said
+orphans who are alive, and to the representatives of those who have
+deceased.</p>
+
+<p><i>Seminoles.</i>&mdash;The Seminoles, numbering 2,398, an increase of 190 over
+the census of 1871, have a reservation of 200,000 acres adjoining the
+Creeks on the west. This tribe formerly inhabited the section of country
+now embraced in the State of Florida. Some of them removed to their
+present location under the provisions of the treaties of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>1832 and 1833.
+The remainder of the tribe, instigated by the former chief, Osceola,
+repudiated the treaties, refused to remove, and soon after commenced
+depredating upon the whites. In 1835 these depredations resulted in war,
+which continued seven years, with immense cost of blood and treasure.
+The Indians were at last rendered powerless to do further injury, and,
+after efforts repeated through several years, were finally, with the
+exception of a few who fled to the everglades, removed to a reservation
+in the now Indian Territory. In 1866 they ceded to the United States, by
+treaty, the reservation then owned by them, and purchased the tract they
+at present occupy. They are not so far advanced in the arts of civilized
+life as the Cherokees, Choctaws, Chickasaws, and Creeks, but are making
+rapid progress in that direction, and will, it is confidently believed,
+soon rank with the tribes named. They cultivate 7,600 acres; upon which
+they raised during the past year 300,000 bushels of corn, and 6,000
+bushels of potatoes. They live in log-houses, and own large stocks of
+cattle, horses, and hogs. The schools of the Seminoles number 4, with an
+attendance of 169 scholars.</p>
+
+<p>They receive, under treaties made with them <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>Aug. 7, 1856, and March 21,
+1866, annuities, &amp;c., as follows: interest on $500,000, amounting to
+$25,000 annually, which is paid to them as annuity; interest on $50,000,
+amounting to $2,500 annually, for support of schools; and $1,000, the
+interest on $20,000, for the support of their government.</p>
+
+<p><i>Senecas and Shawnees.</i>&mdash;The Senecas, numbering 214, and the Shawnees,
+numbering 90, at the present time, removed, some thirty-five or forty
+years ago, from Ohio to their present location in the north-eastern
+corner of the Territory. They suffered severely during the rebellion,
+being obliged to leave their homes and fly to the North, their country
+being devastated by troops of both armies. Under the provisions of the
+treaty of 1867, made with these and other tribes, the Senecas, who were
+then confederated with the Shawnees, dissolved their connection with
+that tribe, sold to the United States their half of the reservation
+owned by them in common with the Shawnees, and connected themselves with
+those Senecas who then owned a separate reservation. The Shawnees now
+have a reservation of 24,960 acres, and the united Senecas one of 44,000
+acres. These tribes are engaged in agriculture to a considerable
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>extent. They are peaceable and industrious. Many are thrifty farmers,
+and in comfortable circumstances. They have one school in operation,
+with an attendance of 36 scholars, which includes some children of the
+Wyandots, which tribe has no schools.</p>
+
+<p><i>Quapaws.</i>&mdash;These Indians number at the present time about 240. They are
+native to the country, and occupy a reservation of 104,000 acres in the
+extreme north-east corner of the Territory. They do not appear to have
+advanced much within the past few years. In common with other tribes in
+that section, they suffered greatly by the late war, and were rendered
+very destitute. Their proximity to the border towns of Kansas, and the
+facilities thereby afforded for obtaining whiskey, have tended to retard
+their progress; but there has recently been manifested a strong desire
+for improvement; and with the funds derived from the sale of a part of
+their lands, and with the proposed opening of a school among them,
+better things are hoped for in the future.</p>
+
+<p><i>Ottawas.</i>&mdash;The Ottawas of Blanchard's Fork and Roche de B&oelig;uf number,
+at the present time, 150. They were originally located in Western Ohio
+and Southern Michigan, and were removed, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>in accordance with the terms
+of the treaty concluded with them in 1831, to a reservation within the
+present limits of Kansas. Under the treaty of 1867 they obtained a
+reservation of 24,960 acres, lying immediately north of the western
+portion of the Shawnee reservation. They have paid considerable
+attention to education, are well advanced in civilization, and many of
+them are industrious and prosperous farmers. They have one school,
+attended by 52 scholars. The relation of this small band to the
+government is somewhat anomalous, inasmuch as, agreeably to provisions
+contained in the treaties of 1862 and 1867, they have become citizens of
+the United States, and yet reside in the Indian Country, possess a
+reservation there, and maintain a purely tribal organization. They
+removed from Franklin Co., Kan., in 1870.</p>
+
+<p><i>Peorias, &amp;c.</i>&mdash;The Peorias, Kaskaskias, Weas, and Piankeshaws, who were
+confederated in 1854, and at that time had a total population of 259,
+now number 160. They occupy a reservation of 72,000 acres, adjoining the
+Quapaw reservation on the south and west. Under treaties made with these
+tribes in 1832, they removed to a tract within the present limits of
+Kansas, where they remained until after the treaty of 1867 was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>concluded with them, in which treaty provision was made whereby they
+obtained their present reservation. These Indians are generally
+intelligent, well advanced in civilization, and, to judge from the
+statistical reports of their agent, are very successful in their
+agricultural operations, raising crops ample for their own support. With
+the Peorias are about 40 Miamies from Kansas. They have one school in
+operation, with an attendance of 29 scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wyandots.</i>&mdash;The Wyandots number at the present time 222 souls. Ten
+years ago there were 435. They occupy a reservation of 20,000 acres,
+lying between the Seneca and Shawnee reservations. This tribe was
+located for many years in North-western Ohio, whence they removed,
+pursuant to the terms of the treaty made with them in 1842, to a
+reservation within the present limits of Kansas. By the treaty made with
+them in 1867, their present reservation was set apart for those members
+of the tribe who desired to maintain their tribal organization, instead
+of becoming citizens, as provided in the treaty of 1855. They are poor,
+and, having no annuities and but little force of character, are making
+slight progress in industry or civilization. They have been lately
+joined by <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>members of the tribe, who, under the treaty, accepted
+citizenship. These, desiring to resume their relations with their
+people, have been again adopted into the tribe.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pottawatomies.</i>&mdash;These Indians, who formerly resided in Michigan and
+Indiana, whence they removed to Kansas, before going down into the
+Indian Territory numbered about 1,600. They have, under the provisions
+of the treaty of 1861 made with the tribe, then residing in Kansas,
+become citizens of the United States. By the terms of said treaty they
+received allotments of land, and their proportion of the tribal funds,
+with the exception of their share of certain non-paying State stocks,
+amounting to sixty-seven thousand dollars, held in trust by the
+Secretary of the Interior for the Pottawatomies. Having disposed of
+their lands, they removed to the Indian Territory, where a reservation
+thirty miles square, adjoining the Seminole reservation on the west, had
+been, by the treaty of 1867, provided for such as should elect to
+maintain their tribal organization. It having been decided, however, by
+the department, that, as they had all become citizens, there was
+consequently no part of the tribe remaining which could lay claim, under
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>treaty stipulations, to the reservation in the Indian Territory,
+legislation was had by Congress at its last session&mdash;act approved May
+23, 1872&mdash;by which these citizen Pottawatomies were allowed allotments
+of land within the tract originally assigned for their use as a tribe,
+to the extent of one hundred and sixty acres to each head of family and
+to each other person twenty-one years of age, and of eighty acres to
+each minor. Most if not all of them are capable of taking care of
+themselves; and many of them are well-educated, intelligent, and thrifty
+farmers.</p>
+
+<p><i>Absentee Shawnees.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering six hundred and
+sixty-three, separated about thirty years ago from the main tribe, then
+located in Kansas, and settled in the Indian Territory, principally
+within the limits of the thirty miles square tract heretofore referred
+to in the remarks relative to the Pottawatomies, where they engaged in
+farming, and have since supported themselves without assistance from the
+government.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sacs and Foxes.</i>&mdash;The Sacs and Foxes of the Mississippi number at the
+present time 463. In 1846 they numbered 2,478. They have a reservation
+of 483,840 acres, adjoining the Creeks on the west, and between the
+North Fork of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>Canadian and the Red Fork of the Arkansas Rivers.
+They formerly occupied large tracts of country in Wisconsin, Iowa, and
+Missouri, whence they removed, by virtue of treaty stipulations, to a
+reservation within the present limits of Kansas. By the terms of the
+treaties of 1859 and 1868, all their lands in Kansas were ceded to the
+United States, and they were given in lieu thereof their present
+reservation. These Indians, once famous for their prowess in war, have
+not, for some years, made any marked improvement upon their former
+condition. Still they have accomplished a little, under highly adverse
+circumstances and influences, in the way of opening small farms and in
+building houses, and are beginning to show some regard for their women
+by relieving them of the burdens and labors heretofore required of them.
+There is hope of their further improvement, although they are still but
+one degree removed from the Blanket or Breech-Clout Indians. They have
+one school in operation, with an attendance of only about twelve
+scholars. 317 members of these tribes, after their removal to Kansas,
+returned to Iowa, where they were permitted to remain, and are now,
+under the act of March 2, 1867, receiving their <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>share of the tribal
+funds. They have purchased 419 acres of land in Tama County, part of
+which they are cultivating. They are not much disposed to work, however,
+on lands of their own, preferring to labor for the white farmers in
+their vicinity, and are still much given to roving and hunting.</p>
+
+<p><i>Osages.</i>&mdash;The Osages, numbering 3,956, are native to the general
+sections of country where they now live. Their reservation is bounded on
+the north by the south line of Kansas, east by the ninety-sixth degree
+of west longitude, and south and west by the Arkansas River, and
+contains approximately 1,760,000 acres. They still follow the chase, the
+buffalo being their main dependence for food. Their wealth consists in
+horses (of which they own not less than 12,000) and in cattle.</p>
+
+<p><i>Kiowas, Comanches, and Apaches.</i>&mdash;These tribes, confederated under
+present treaty stipulations, formerly ranged over an extensive country
+lying between the Rio Grande and the Red River. As nearly as can be
+ascertained, they number as follows: Kiowas, 1,930; Comanches, 3,180;
+and Apaches, 380. They are now located upon a reservation secured to
+them by treaty made in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>1867, comprising 3,549,440 acres in the
+south-western part of the Indian Territory, west of and adjoining the
+Chickasaw country. Wild and intractable, these Indians, even the best of
+them, have given small signs of improvement in the arts of life; and,
+substantially, the whole dealing of the government with them, thus far,
+has been in the way of supplying their necessities for food and
+clothing, with a view to keeping them upon their reservation, and
+preventing their raiding into Texas, with the citizens of which State
+they were for many years before their present establishment on terms of
+mutual hatred and injury. Some individuals and bands have remained quiet
+and peaceable upon their reservation, evincing a disposition to learn
+the arts of life, to engage in agriculture, and to have their children
+instructed in letters. To these every inducement is being held out to
+take up land, and actively commence tilling it. Thus far they have under
+cultivation but 100 acres, which have produced the past year a good crop
+of corn and potatoes. The wealth of these tribes consists in horses and
+mules, of which they own to the number, as reported by their agent, of
+16,500, a great proportion of the animals notoriously having been stolen
+in Texas.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span>However, it may be said, in a word, of these Indians, that their
+civilization must follow their submission to the government, and that
+the first necessity in respect to them is a wholesome example, which
+shall inspire fear and command obedience. So long as four-fifths of
+these tribes take turns at raiding into Texas, openly and boastfully
+bringing back scalps and spoils to their reservation, efforts to inspire
+very high ideas of social and industrial life among the communities of
+which the raiders form so large a part will presumably result in
+failure.</p>
+
+<p><i>Arapahoes and Cheyennes of the South.</i>&mdash;These tribes are native to the
+section of country now inhabited by them. The Arapahoes number at the
+present time 1,500, and the Cheyennes 2,000. By the treaty of 1867, made
+with these Indians, a large reservation was provided for them, bounded
+on the north by Kansas, on the east by the Arkansas River, and on the
+south and west by the Red Fork of the Arkansas. They have, however,
+persisted in a refusal to locate on this reservation; and another tract,
+containing 4,011,500 acres, north of and adjoining the Kiowa and
+Comanche reservation, was set apart for them by Executive order of Aug.
+10, 1869. By act of May 29, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>1872, the Secretary of the Interior was
+authorized to negotiate with these Indians for the relinquishment of
+their claim to the lands ceded to them by the said treaty, and to give
+them in lieu thereof a "sufficient and permanent location" upon lands
+ceded to the United States by the Creeks and Seminoles in treaties made
+with them in 1866. Negotiations to the end proposed were duly entered
+into with these tribes unitedly; but, in the course of such
+negotiations, it has become the view of this Office that the tribes
+should no longer be associated in the occupation of a reservation. The
+Arapahoes are manifesting an increasing disinclination to follow further
+the fortunes of the Cheyennes, and crave a location of their own.
+Inasmuch as the conduct of the Arapahoes is uniformly good, and their
+disposition to make industrial improvement very decided, it is thought
+that they should now be separated from the more turbulent Cheyennes, and
+given a place where they may carry out their better intentions without
+interruption and without the access of influences tending to draw their
+young men away to folly and mischief. With this view a contract, made
+subject to the action of Congress, was entered into between the
+Commissioner of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>Indian Affairs and the delegation of the Arapaho tribe
+which visited Washington during the present season (the delegation being
+fully empowered thereto by the tribe), by which the Arapahoes relinquish
+all their interest in the reservation granted them by the treaty of
+1867, in consideration of the grant of a reservation between the North
+Fork of the Canadian River and the Red Fork of the Arkansas River, and
+extending from a point ten miles east of the ninety-eighth to near the
+ninety-ninth meridian of west longitude. Should this adjustment of the
+question, so far as the Arapahoes are concerned, meet the approval of
+Congress, separate negotiations will be entered into with the Cheyennes,
+with a view to obtaining their relinquishment of the reservation of
+1867, and their location on some vacant tract within the same general
+section of the Indian Territory.</p>
+
+<p>A considerable number of the Arapahoes are already engaged in
+agriculture, though at a disadvantage; and, when the question of their
+reservation shall have been settled, it is confidently believed that
+substantially the whole body of this tribe will turn their attention to
+the cultivation of the soil. Two schools are conducted for their
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>benefit at the agency, having an attendance of thirty-five scholars. Of
+the Cheyennes confederated with the Arapahoes, the reports are less
+favorable as to progress made in industry, or disposition to improve
+their condition. Until 1867 both these tribes, in common with the Kiowas
+and Comanches, were engaged in hostilities against the white settlers in
+Western Kansas; but since the treaty made with them in that year they
+have, with the exception of one small band of the Cheyennes, remained
+friendly, and have committed no depredations.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wichitas, &amp;c.</i>&mdash;The Wichitas and other affiliated bands of Keechies,
+Wacoes, Towoccaroes, Caddoes, Ionies, and Delawares, number 1,250,
+divided approximately as follows: Wichitas, 299; Keechies, 126; Wacoes,
+140; Towoccaroes, 127; Caddoes, 392; Ionies, 85; Delawares, 81. These
+Indians, fragments of once important tribes originally belonging in
+Louisiana, Texas, Kansas, and the Indian Territory, were all, excepting
+the Wichitas and Delawares, removed by the government from Texas, in
+1859, to the "leased district," then belonging to the Choctaws and
+Chickasaws, where they have since resided, at a point on the Washita
+River near old Fort Cobb. They <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>have no treaty relations with the
+government; nor have they any defined reservation. They have always, or
+at least for many years, been friendly to the whites, although in close
+and constant contact with the Kiowas and Comanches. A few of them,
+chiefly Caddoes and Delawares, are engaged in agriculture, and are
+disposed to be industrious. Of the other Indians at this agency, some
+cultivate small patches in corn and vegetables, the work being done
+mainly by women; but the most are content to live upon the government.
+The Caddoes rank among the best Indians of the continent, and set an
+example to the other bands affiliated with them worthy of being more
+generally followed than it is. In physique, and in the virtues of
+chastity, temperance, and industry, they are the equals of many white
+communities.</p>
+
+<p>A permanent reservation should be set aside for the Indians of this
+agency; and, with proper assistance, they would doubtless in a few years
+become entirely self-sustaining. But one school is in operation, with an
+attendance of eighteen scholars. These Indians have no annuities; but an
+annual appropriation of $50,000 has for several years been made for
+their benefit. This money is expended <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>for goods and agricultural
+implements, and for assistance and instruction in farming, &amp;c.</p>
+<br />
+
+<h3>DAKOTA, MONTANA, WYOMING, AND IDAHO.</h3>
+
+<p>The tribes residing in Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, and Idaho are divided
+as follows: in Dakota, about 28,000; Montana, 30,000; Wyoming, 2,000;
+and Idaho, 5,000. The present temporary location of the Red Cloud agency
+has, however, drawn just within the limits of Wyoming a body of Indians
+varying from 8,000 to 9,000, who are here, and usually, reckoned as
+belonging in Dakota.</p>
+
+<h4>DAKOTA.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians within the limits of Dakota Territory are the Sioux, the
+Poncas, and the Arickarees, Gros Ventres, and Mandans.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sioux.</i>&mdash;There are probably, including those at the Red Cloud agency,
+at present temporarily located in Wyoming, about 25,000 Sioux under the
+care of government at eight different agencies.</p>
+
+<p>The Yankton Sioux, numbering about 2,000, are located in the extreme
+southern part of the Territory, on the east side of the Missouri, about
+fifty miles from the town of Yankton, upon a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>reservation of 400,000
+acres, nearly all rolling prairie, set apart for them by treaty of 1858,
+out of the tract then ceded by them to the United States. They have not
+been much inclined to work; and, although there is good land within
+their reservation, they are poor, having still to be subsisted in a
+great measure by the government. It is but due to say of the Yanktons,
+that, while other bands of Sioux have been hostile to the government and
+citizens, they have uniformly been friendly, even to the extent of
+assisting the government against their own kindred. They are now giving
+considerable attention to the education of their children, having six
+schools in operation, with an average attendance of three hundred and
+sixty-six scholars.</p>
+
+<p>The Sisseton and Wahpeton bands have two reservations,&mdash;one in the
+eastern part of the Territory, at Lake Traverse, containing 1,241,600
+acres, where are 1,496 Indians; and one in the north-eastern part of the
+Territory, at Devil's Lake, containing 345,600 acres, where are 720
+Indians, including a few from the "Cut-Head" band of Sioux. These two
+reservations are provided for in a treaty made with the bands in 1867.
+These Indians were a portion of the Sioux living <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>in Minnesota at the
+time of the outbreak in 1862. Many of them claim to have been, and
+doubtless were, friendly to the whites during the troubles referred to;
+and when the removal of the Sioux took place in 1863, as noticed
+heretofore under the title of "Santee Sioux," they went to the western
+part of Minnesota and to the eastern and northern parts of Dakota, near
+their present reservations. They are quite generally engaged in
+agricultural operations, under the system adopted while they were on
+their reservation in Minnesota, by which the individual Indians receive
+pay in goods or supplies for all work performed, only the aged, infirm,
+or sick being supplied with clothing and subsistence gratuitously. So
+far as these Indians are concerned, the scheme has been decidedly
+successful; and it should be extended to all the tribes and bands now on
+the "feeding-list," so soon as practicable. There are four schools in
+operation for the bands at Lake Traverse, attended by one hundred and
+twenty-three scholars. An unusual degree of interest is manifested of
+late in having their children educated. By treaty made with them in
+1867, the amount of funds to be appropriated annually for their benefit
+is at the discretion of Congress. For the present <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>year, the sum of
+$75,000 has been appropriated for the benefit of these Indians. They
+also participate in the proceeds derived from the sales of the Sioux
+lands in Minnesota, which furnish a considerable revenue yearly.</p>
+
+<p>The Oncpapa, Blackfeet, Lower Yanktonai, Upper Yanktonai, Sans Arc,
+Upper and Lower Brul&eacute;, Two Kettle, Minneconjou, and Ogallala bands are
+located at five different agencies, viz.: the Upper Missouri, or Crow
+Creek agency, on the east side of the Missouri; the Grand River agency,
+at the mouth of the Grand River; the Cheyenne River agency, at the mouth
+of the Cheyenne River; the Whetstone agency (so called from its former
+location at the junction of the Whetstone with the Missouri Rivers), on
+the White River, about two hundred and twenty-five miles west of the
+Missouri; and the Red Cloud agency, at present on the North Platte,
+about thirty miles south-east from Fort Laramie. The Indians at these
+agencies number in the aggregate about 22,000. They have a reservation
+set apart for them by the treaty of 1868, containing about 25,000,000
+acres, lying west of the Missouri River and north of Nebraska. Prior to
+this treaty, these Indians had for years been engaged in acts of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>hostility against the government and in depredations upon the white
+settlers. Claiming to own most, if not all, of the Territory of Dakota,
+and portions of the Territories of Montana and Wyoming, as well as the
+western part of Nebraska, they used every effort to prevent the
+settlement of the country so claimed, their hostility being especially
+directed against the Union Pacific Railroad. The military operations of
+1867-68, however, convinced the Sioux of the hopelessness of opposing
+the progress of the railroad, and the settlement of the immediate belt
+through which it was to pass, and disposed them to accept the provision
+made for them by the treaty of 1868. With the exception of the main
+portion of the Ogallala band, at the Red Cloud agency, and a
+considerable body of disaffected Indians from all the bands, known as
+the "hostile Sioux," of whom "Sitting Bull" and "Black Moon" are the
+principal chiefs, these bands are all within the limits of the
+reservation set apart by said treaty of 1868. A few at each of the
+agencies on the Missouri River have shown a disposition to engage in
+agriculture; but by far the greater part of them remain "breech-clout"
+Indians, disinclined to labor for a living, and accepting subsistence
+from the government as the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>natural and proper consideration for the
+favor done the government by their consenting to remain at the agencies
+assigned them. If they have any suspicion that this thing cannot last
+forever, and that the time will soon come for them to work or starve,
+the great majority do not allow themselves to be influenced by it, but
+seem determined to put the evil day as far off as possible.</p>
+
+<p><i>Poncas.</i>&mdash;The Poncas, numbering 735, have a reservation of 576,000
+acres, near the confluence of the Niobrara and Missouri Rivers, in the
+south-eastern part of the Territory, provided for them in their treaty
+with the United States, made in 1858. They are quiet and peaceable, are
+inclined to be industrious, and engage to some extent in farming; but
+from various causes, principally the destruction of their crops by
+grasshoppers, have not succeeded in supporting themselves without
+assistance from the government. They are well advanced in civilized
+habits of life, and have shown considerable interest in the education of
+their children, having three schools in operation, with an average
+attendance of seventy-seven scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Arickarees, Gros Ventres, and Mandans.</i>&mdash;These tribes number 2,200, and
+have a reservation set <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>apart for their occupancy by executive order of
+April 12, 1870, comprising 8,640,000 acres, situated in the
+north-western part of Dakota and the eastern part of Montana, extending
+to the Yellowstone and Powder Rivers. They have no treaty with the
+government, are now and have always been friendly to the whites, are
+exceptionally known to the officers of the army and to frontiersmen as
+"good Indians," and are engaged to some extent in agriculture. Owing to
+the shortness of the agricultural season, the rigor of the climate, and
+the periodical ravages of grasshoppers, their efforts in this direction,
+though made with a degree of patience and perseverance not usual in the
+Indian character, have met with frequent and distressing reverses; and
+it has from time to time been found necessary to furnish them with more
+or less subsistence to prevent starvation. They are traditional enemies
+of the Sioux; and the petty warfare maintained between them and the
+Sioux of the Grand River and Cheyenne River agencies&mdash;while, like most
+warfare confined to Indians alone, it causes wonderfully little loss of
+life&mdash;serves to disturb the condition of these agencies, and to retard
+the progress of all the parties concerned. These Indians should be moved
+to the Indian <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>Territory, south of Kansas, where the mildness of the
+climate and the fertility of the soil would repay their labors, and
+where, it is thought, from their willingness to labor and their docility
+under the control of the government, they would in a few years become
+wholly self-supporting. The question of their removal has been submitted
+to them; and they seem inclined to favor the project, but have expressed
+a desire to send a delegation of their chiefs to the Indian Territory,
+with a view of satisfying themselves as to the desirableness of the
+location. Their wishes in this respect should be granted early next
+season, that their removal and settlement may be effected during the
+coming year. Notwithstanding their willingness to labor, they have shown
+but little interest in education. Congress makes an appropriation of
+$75,000 annually for goods and provisions, for their instruction in
+agricultural and mechanical pursuits, for salaries of employ&eacute;s, and for
+the education of their children, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<h4>MONTANA.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indian tribes residing within the limits of Montana are the
+Blackfeet, Bloods, and Piegans, the Gros Ventres of the Prairie, the
+Assinaboines, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>the Yanktonais, Santee and Teton (so called) Sioux, a
+portion of the northern Arapahoes and Cheyennes, the River Crows, the
+Mountain Crows, the Flatheads, Pend d'Oreilles, and Kootenays, and a few
+Shoshones, Bannocks, and Sheep-Eaters, numbering in the aggregate about
+32,412. They are all, or nearly all, native to the regions now occupied
+by them respectively.</p>
+
+<p>The following table will exhibit the population of each of these tribes,
+as nearly as the same can be ascertained:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" width="60%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="Population">
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl" width="80%">Blackfeet, Bloods, and Piegans</td>
+ <td class="tdr" width="20%">7,500</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Assinaboines</td>
+ <td class="tdr">4,790</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Gros Ventres</td>
+ <td class="tdr">1,100</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Santee, Yanktonais, Uncpapa, and Cut-Head Sioux, at Milk River agency</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">2,625</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">River Crows</td>
+ <td class="tdr">1,240</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Mountain Crows</td>
+ <td class="tdr">2,700</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Flatheads</td>
+ <td class="tdr">460</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Pend d'Oreilles</td>
+ <td class="tdr">1,000</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Kootenays</td>
+ <td class="tdr">320</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Shoshones, Bannocks, and Sheep-Eaters</td>
+ <td class="tdr">677</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Roving Sioux, commonly called Teton Sioux, including those gathered during 1872, at and near Fort Peck, (largely estimated)</td>
+ <td class="tdrb" style="text-decoration: underline;">&nbsp;&nbsp;8,000</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Estimated total</td>
+ <td class="tdr">30,412</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<br />
+
+<p>The number of northern Cheyennes and Arapahoes roaming in Montana, who,
+it is believed, have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span>co-operated with the Sioux under "Sitting Bull,"
+in their depredations, is not known: it is probably less than 1,000.</p>
+
+<p>The Blackfeet, Bloods, and Piegans (located at the Blackfeet agency on
+the Teton River, about seventy-five miles from Fort Benton), the Gros
+Ventres, Assinaboines, the River Crows, about 1,000 of the Northern
+Arapahoes and Cheyennes, and the Santee and Yankton Sioux (located at
+the Milk River agency, on the Milk River, about one hundred miles from
+its mouth), occupy jointly a reservation in the extreme northern part of
+the Territory, set apart by treaties (not ratified) made in 1868 with
+most of the tribes named, and containing about 17,408,000 acres. The
+Blackfeet, Bloods, and Piegans, particularly the last-named band, have
+been, until within about two years, engaged in depredating upon the
+white settlers. The Indians at the Milk River agency, with the exception
+of the Sioux, are now, and have been for several years, quiet and
+peaceable. The Sioux at this agency, or most of them, were engaged in
+the outbreak in Minnesota in 1862. On the suppression of hostilities
+they fled to the northern part of Dakota, where they continued roaming
+until, in the fall of 1871, they went to their present <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>location, with
+the avowed intention of remaining there. Although they had been at war
+for years with the Indians properly belonging to the Milk River agency,
+yet, by judicious management on the part of the agent of the government
+stationed there, and the influence of some of the most powerful chiefs,
+the former feuds and difficulties were amicably arranged; and all
+parties have remained friendly to each other during the year past. The
+Indians at neither the Blackfeet nor the Milk River agency show any
+disposition to engage in farming; nor have they thus far manifested any
+desire for the education of their children. They rely entirely upon the
+chase and upon the bounty of the government for their support. They,
+however, quite scrupulously respect their obligation to preserve the
+peace; and no considerable difficulty has of late been experienced, or
+is anticipated, in keeping them in order. The Blackfeet, Bloods, and
+Piegans have an annual appropriation of $50,000 made for their benefit;
+the Assinaboines, $30,000; the Gros Ventres of the Prairie, $35,000; the
+River Crows, $30,000. These funds are used in furnishing the respective
+tribes with goods and subsistence, and generally for such other objects
+as may be deemed necessary to keep the Indians quiet.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span><i>Mountain Crows.</i>&mdash;These Indians have a reservation of 6,272,000 acres,
+lying in the southern part of the Territory, between the Yellowstone
+River and the north line of Wyoming Territory. They have always been
+friendly to the whites, but are inveterate enemies of the Sioux, with
+whom they have for years been at war. By the treaty of 1868&mdash;by the
+terms of which their present reservation was set apart for their
+occupancy&mdash;they are liberally supplied with goods, clothing, and
+subsistence. But few of them are engaged in farming, the main body
+relying upon their success in hunting, and upon the supplies furnished
+by the government, for their support. They have one school in operation,
+with an attendance, however, of only nine scholars. By the treaty of May
+7, 1868, provision is made by which they are to receive for a limited
+number of years the following annuities, &amp;c., viz.: in clothing and
+goods, $22,723 (twenty-six instalments due); in beneficial objects,
+$25,000 (six instalments due); in subsistence, $131,400 (one instalment
+due). Blacksmiths, teachers, physician, carpenter, miller, engineer, and
+farmer are also furnished for their benefit, at an expense to the
+government of $11,600.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span><i>Flatheads</i>, &amp;c.&mdash;The Flatheads, Pend d'Oreilles, and Kootenays have a
+reservation of 1,433,600 acres in the Jocko Valley, situated in the
+north-western part of the Territory, and secured to them by treaty of
+1855. This treaty also provided for a reservation in the Bitter-Root
+Valley, should the President of the United States deem it advisable to
+set apart another for their use. The Flatheads have remained in the
+last-named valley; but under the provisions of the act of June 5, 1872,
+steps are being taken for their removal to the Jocko reservation. Many
+of these Indians are engaged in agriculture; but, as they receive little
+assistance from the government, their progress in this direction is
+slow. They have one school in operation, with an attendance of 27
+scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Shoshones</i>, &amp;c.&mdash;The Shoshones, Bannocks, and Sheep-Eaters are at
+present located about twenty miles above the mouth of the Lemhi Fork of
+the Salmon River, near the western boundary of the Territory. They have
+shown considerable interest in agriculture; and many of them are quite
+successful as farmers. They have no reservation set apart for them,
+either by treaty or by executive order. They are so few in number that
+it would probably be better to remove them, with their <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>consent, to the
+Fort Hall reservation in Idaho, where their brethren are located, than
+to provide them with a separate reservation. They have no schools in
+operation. An annual appropriation of $25,000 is made for these Indians,
+which sum is expended for their benefit in the purchase of clothing,
+subsistence, agricultural implements, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<h4>WYOMING.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians in this Territory, with the exception of the Sioux and
+Northern Arapahoes and Cheyennes, mentioned under the heads of Dakota
+and Montana respectively, are the eastern band of Shoshones, numbering
+about 1,000. The Shoshones are native to the country. Their reservation
+in the Wind River Valley, containing 2,688,000 acres, was set apart for
+them by treaty of 1868.</p>
+
+<p>But little advancement in civilization has been made by these Indians,
+owing to their indisposition to labor for a living, and to the incessant
+incursions into their country of the Sioux and the Northern Arapahoes
+and Cheyennes, with which tribes they have for many years been at war.
+The losses sustained from these incursions, and the dread which they
+inspire, tend to make the Shoshones unsettled, and unwilling to remain
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>continuously on the reservation. They therefore spend most of the year
+in roaming and hunting when they should be at work tilling the soil and
+improving their lands. There is one school at the agency, having an
+attendance of ten scholars, in charge of an Episcopal missionary as
+teacher.</p>
+
+<h4>IDAHO.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indian tribes in Idaho are the Nez Perc&eacute;s, the Boise and Bruneau
+Shoshones, and Bannocks, the C&oelig;ur d'Al&ecirc;nes, and Spokanes, with
+several other small bands, numbering in the aggregate about 5,800 souls.</p>
+
+<p><i>Nez Perc&eacute;s.</i>&mdash;The Nez Perc&eacute;s number 2,807, and have a reservation of
+1,344,000 acres in the northern part of the Territory. By treaties of
+1855 and 1863, they ceded to the United States a large body of land
+lying within the limits of the then Territories of Oregon and
+Washington, and accepted their present diminished reservation, with
+certain annuities in consideration of the cession of the remainder. The
+tribe has long been divided into factions known as the "treaty" party
+and the "non-treaty" party, from disagreements arising out of the treaty
+made with them in 1863. Though the ill feeling engendered has in a
+measure <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>subsided, the "non-treaty" Indians, to the number of a few
+hundred, still stand apart and accept no favors from the government.
+These, with few exceptions, reside outside the reservation, on Snake
+River and its tributaries, and cause more or less trouble in a petty way
+to the white settlers. The Nez Perc&eacute;s generally have for many years been
+friendly to the whites, are quite extensively engaged in agriculture,
+and may be considered well advanced in civilization. They show
+considerable interest in the education of their children, and have two
+schools in operation, with an attendance of 124 scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Shoshones and Bannocks.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering 1,037, the former
+516 and the latter 521, occupy a reservation in the south-eastern part
+of the Territory, near Fort Hall, formerly a military post. This
+reservation was set apart by treaty of 1868, and executive order of July
+30, 1869, and contains 1,568,000 acres. The Shoshones on this
+reservation have no treaty with the government. Both bands are generally
+quiet and peaceable, and cause but little trouble; are not disposed to
+engage in agriculture, and, with some assistance from the government,
+depend upon hunting and fishing for subsistence. There is no school in
+operation on the reservation.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span><i>C&oelig;ur d'Al&ecirc;nes</i>, &amp;c.&mdash;The C&oelig;ur d'Al&ecirc;nes, Spokanes, Kootenays, and
+Pend d'Oreilles, numbering about 2,000, have no treaty with the United
+States, but have a reservation of 256,000 acres set apart for their
+occupancy by executive order of June 14, 1867, lying 30 or 40 miles
+north of the Nez Perc&eacute;s reservation. They are peaceable, have no
+annuities, receive no assistance from the government, and are wholly
+self-sustaining. These Indians have never been collected upon a
+reservation, nor brought under the immediate supervision of an agent. So
+long as their country shall remain unoccupied, and not in demand for
+settlement by the whites, it will scarcely be desirable to make a change
+in their location; but the construction of the Northern Pacific
+Railroad, which will probably pass through or near their range, may make
+it expedient to concentrate them. At present they are largely under the
+influence of Catholic missionaries of the C&oelig;ur d'Al&ecirc;ne Mission.</p>
+<br />
+
+<h3>COLORADO, NEW MEXICO, UTAH, ARIZONA, AND NEVADA.</h3>
+
+<p>The tribes residing in Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, and Nevada
+are divided as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>follows: in Colorado, about 3,800; New Mexico, 19,000;
+Utah, 10,000; Arizona, 25,000; and Nevada, 13,000.</p>
+
+<h4>COLORADO.</h4>
+
+<p>The Indians residing in Colorado Territory are the Tabequache band of
+Utes, at the Los Pinos agency, numbering 3,000, and the Yampa, Grand
+River, and Uintah bands of the White River agency, numbering 800. They
+are native to the section which they now inhabit, and have a reservation
+of 14,784,000 acres in the western part of the Territory, set apart for
+their occupancy by treaty made with them in 1868. The two agencies above
+named are established on this reservation, the White River agency being
+in the northern part, on the river of that name, and the other in the
+south-eastern part. This reservation is much larger than is necessary
+for the number of Indians located within its limits; and as valuable
+gold and silver mines have been, or are alleged to have been, discovered
+in the southern part of it, the discoveries being followed by the
+inevitable prospecting parties and miners, Congress, by act of April 23,
+1872, authorized the Secretary of the Interior to enter into
+negotiations with the Utes <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>for the extinguishment of their right to the
+south part of it.</p>
+
+<p>A few of these Indians, who have declined to remove to and remain upon
+the reservation, still roam in the eastern part of the Territory,
+frequently visiting Denver and its vicinity, and causing some annoyance
+to the settlers by their presence, but committing no acts of violence or
+extensive depredations. The Indians of Colorado have thus far shown but
+little interest in the pursuits of civilized life or in the education of
+their children. A school is in operation at the Northern or White River
+agency, with an attendance of forty scholars. Steps are also being taken
+to open one at the Southern or Los Pinos agency.</p>
+
+<h4>NEW MEXICO.</h4>
+
+<p>The tribes residing and roaming within the limits of New Mexico are the
+Navajoes; the Mescalero, Gila, and Jicarilla bands of Apaches; the
+Muache, Capote, and Weeminuche bands of Utes; and the Pueblos.</p>
+
+<p><i>Navajoes.</i>&mdash;The Navajoes now number 9,114, an increase of 880 over last
+year's enumeration. Superintendent Pope considers this increase to be
+mainly due to the return, during the year, of a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>number who had been
+held in captivity by the Mexicans. They have a reservation of 3,328,000
+acres in the north-western part of New Mexico and north-eastern part of
+Arizona, set apart for them by treaty of 1868. These Indians are natives
+of the section of the country where they are now located. Prior to 1864
+no less than seven treaties had been made with these tribes, which were
+successively broken on their part, and that, with but one exception,
+before the Senate could take action on the question of their
+ratification. In 1864 the Navajoes were made captives by the military,
+and taken to the Bosque Redondo reservation, which had been set apart
+for the Mescalero Apaches, where they were for a time held as prisoners
+of war, and then turned over to this department. After the treaty of
+1868 had been concluded, they were removed to their present location,
+where they have, as a tribe, remained quiet and peaceable, many of them
+being engaged in agriculture, and in raising sheep and goats. Of these
+they have large flocks, numbering 130,000 head, which supply them not
+only with subsistence, but also with material from which they
+manufacture the celebrated, and for warmth and durability unequalled,
+Navajo <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>blanket. They also have a stock of 10,000 horses. These Indians
+are industrious, attend faithfully to their crops, and even put in a
+second crop when the first, as frequently happens, is destroyed by
+drought or frost.</p>
+
+<p>One school is in operation on the reservation, with an attendance of
+forty scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mescalero Apaches.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering about 830, are at present
+located&mdash;not, however, upon a defined reservation secured to them&mdash;near
+Fort Stanton, in the eastern part of the Territory, and range generally
+south of that point. Prior to 1864, they were located on the Bosque
+Redondo reservation, where they were quiet and peaceable until the
+Navajoes were removed to that place. Being unable to live in harmony
+with the new-comers, they fled from the reservation, and until quite
+recently have been more or less hostile. They are now living at peace
+with the whites, and conducting themselves measurably well. They have no
+schools, care nothing apparently about the education of their children,
+and are not to any noticeable extent engaged in farming or in any
+pursuit of an industrial character. These Indians have no treaty with
+the United States; nor do they receive any <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>annuities. They are,
+however, subsisted in part by the government, and are supplied with a
+limited quantity of clothing when necessary. In addition to the
+Mescaleros proper, Agent Curtis reports as being embraced in his agency
+other Indians, called by him Aguas Nuevos, 440; Lipans, 350 (probably
+from Texas); and Southern Apaches, 310, whose proper home is no doubt
+upon the Tularosa reservation. These Indians, the agent remarks, came
+from the Comanche country to his agency at various dates during the past
+year.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gila (sometimes called Southern) Apaches.</i>&mdash;This tribe is composed of
+two bands, the Mimbres and Mogollons, and number about 1,200. They are
+warlike, and have for years been generally unfriendly to the government.
+The citizens of Southern New Mexico, having long suffered from their
+depredatory acts, loudly demanded that they be removed; and to comply
+with the wish of the people, as well as to prevent serious difficulties
+and possibly war, it was a year or two since decided to provide the
+Indians with a reservation distant from their old home, and there
+establish them. With a view to that end a considerable number of them
+were collected early last year at <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span>Ca&ntilde;ada Alamosa. Subsequently, by
+executive order dated Nov. 9, 1871, a reservation was set apart for them
+with other roving bands of Apaches in the Tularosa Valley, to which
+place four hundred and fifty of them are reported to have been removed
+during the present year by United States troops. These Indians, although
+removed against their will, were at first pleased with the change, but,
+after a short experience of their new home, became dissatisfied; and no
+small portion left the reservation to roam outside, disregarding the
+system of passes established. They bitterly object to the location as
+unhealthy, the climate being severe and the water bad. There is
+undoubtedly much truth in these complaints. They ask to be taken back to
+Ca&ntilde;ada Alamosa, their old home, promising there to be peaceable and
+quiet. Of course nothing can be said of them favorable to the interests
+of education and labor. Such of these Indians as remain on the
+reservation are being fed by the government. They have no treaty with
+the United States; nor do they receive annuities of any kind.</p>
+
+<p><i>Jicarilla Apaches.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering about 850, have for
+several years been located with the Muache Utes, about 650 in number, at
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>the Cimarron agency, upon what is called "Maxwell's Grant," in
+North-eastern New Mexico. They have no treaty relations with the
+government; nor have they any reservation set apart for them. Efforts
+were made some years ago to have them, with the Utes referred to, remove
+to the large Ute reservation in Colorado, but without success. The
+Cimarron agency, however, has lately been discontinued; and these
+Apaches will, if it can be effected without actual conflict, be removed
+to the Mescalero agency at Fort Stanton. Four hundred Jicarilla Apaches
+are also reported as being at the Tierra Amarilla agency.</p>
+
+<p><i>Muache, Weeminuche, and Capote Utes.</i>&mdash;These bands&mdash;the Muache band,
+numbering about 650, heretofore at the Cimarron agency, and the other
+two bands, numbering 870, at the Abiquiu agency&mdash;are all parties to the
+treaty made with the several bands of Utes in 1868. It has been desired
+to have these Indians remove to their proper reservation in Colorado;
+but all efforts to this end have thus far proved futile. The
+discontinuance of the Cimarron agency may have the effect to cause the
+Muaches to remove either to that reservation or to the Abiquiu agency,
+now located at Tierra Amarilla, in the north-western part of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>Territory. These three bands have generally been peaceable, and
+friendly to the whites. Recently, however, some of them have shown a
+disposition to be troublesome; but no serious difficulty is apprehended.
+None of them appear disposed to work for a subsistence, preferring to
+live by the chase and on the bounty of the government; nor do they show
+any inclination or desire to have their children educated, and taught
+the habits and customs of civilized life. Declining to remove to and
+locate permanently upon the reservation set apart for the Utes in
+Colorado, they receive no annuities, and participate in none of the
+benefits provided in the treaties of 1863 and 1868 with the several
+bands of Ute Indians referred to under the head of "Colorado."</p>
+
+<p><i>Pueblos.</i>&mdash;The Pueblos, so named because they live in villages, number
+7,683. They have 439,664 acres of land confirmed to them by act of
+Congress of Dec. 22, 1858, the same consisting of approved claims under
+old Spanish grants. They have no treaty with the United States, and
+receive but little aid from the government. During the past two years
+efforts have been made, and are still being continued, to secure the
+establishment of schools in all the villages of the Pueblos, for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>the
+instruction of their children in the English language. Five such schools
+are now being conducted for their benefit.</p>
+
+<p>The history of the Pueblos is an interesting one. They are the remains
+of a once powerful people, and in habits and modes of life are still
+clearly distinguished from all other aborigines of the continent. The
+Spanish invaders found them living generally in towns and cities. They
+are so described by Spanish historians as far back as 1540. They early
+revolted, though without success, against Spanish rule; and in the
+struggle many of their towns were burned, and much loss of life and
+property occasioned. It would seem, however, that, in addition to the
+villagers, there were others at that time living dispersed, whose
+reduction to Pueblos was determined upon and made the subject of a
+decree by Charles V. of Spain, in 1546, in order chiefly, as declared,
+to their being instructed in the Catholic faith. Under the Spanish
+government, schools were established at the villages; the Christian
+religion was introduced, and impressed upon the people, and the rights
+of property thoroughly protected. By all these means a high degree of
+civilization was secured, which was maintained until after the
+establishment of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>Mexican independence; when, from want of government
+care and support, decay followed; and the Pueblos measurably
+deteriorated, down to the time when the authority of the United States
+was extended over that country: still they are a remarkable people,
+noted for their sobriety, industry, and docility. They have few wants,
+and are simple in their habits, and moral in their lives. They are,
+indeed, scarcely to be considered Indians in the sense traditionally
+attached to that word, and, but for their residence upon reservations
+patented to these bands in confirmation of ancient Spanish grants, and
+their continued tribal organization, might be regarded as a part of the
+ordinary population of the country. There are now nineteen villages of
+these Indians in New Mexico. Each village has a distinct and organized
+government, with its governor and other officers, all of whom are
+elected annually by the people, except the <i>cacique</i>, a sort of high
+priest, who holds his office during life. Though nominally Catholics in
+religion, it is thought that their real beliefs are those of their
+ancestors in the days of Montezuma.</p>
+
+<h4><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span>UTAH.</h4>
+
+<p>The tribes residing wholly or in part within the limits of Utah are the
+North-western, Western, and Goship bands of Shoshones; the Weber, Yampa,
+Elk Mountain, and Uintah bands of Utes; the Timpanagos, the San Pitches,
+the Pah-Vents, the Piedes, and She-be-rechers,&mdash;all, with the exception
+of the Shoshones, speaking the Ute language, and being native to the
+country inhabited by them.</p>
+
+<p><i>North-western, Western, and Goship Shoshones.</i>&mdash;These three bands of
+Shoshones, numbering together about 3,000, have treaties made with the
+government in 1863. No reservations were provided to be set apart for
+them by the terms of said treaties, the only provision for their benefit
+being the agreement on the part of the United States to furnish them
+with articles, to a limited extent and for a limited term, suitable to
+their wants as hunters or herdsmen. Having no reservations, but little
+can be done for their advancement. They live in North-western Utah and
+North-eastern Nevada, and are generally inclined to be industrious, many
+of them gaining a livelihood by working for the white settlers, while
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>others cultivate small tracts of land on their own account.</p>
+
+<p>The Weber Utes, numbering about 300, live in the vicinity of Salt Lake
+City, and subsist by hunting, fishing, and begging. The Timpanagos,
+numbering about 500, live south of Salt Lake City, and live by hunting
+and fishing. The San Pitches, numbering about 300, live, with the
+exception of some who have gone to the Uintah Valley reservation, in the
+country south and east of the Timpanagos, and subsist by hunting and
+fishing. The Pah-Vents number about 1,200, and occupy the territory
+south of the Goships, cultivate small patches of ground, but live
+principally by hunting and fishing. The Yampa Utes, Piedes, Pi-Utes, Elk
+Mountain Utes, and She-be-rechers live in the eastern and southern parts
+of the Territory. They number, as nearly as can be estimated, 5,200; do
+not cultivate the soil, but subsist by hunting and fishing, and at times
+by depredating in a small way upon the white settlers. They are warlike
+and migratory in their habits, carrying on a petty warfare pretty much
+all the time with the southern Indians. These bands of Utes have no
+treaties with the United States: they receive no annuities, and but very
+little assistance from the government.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>The Uintah Utes, numbering 800, are now residing upon a reservation of
+2,039,040 acres in Uintah Valley, in the north-eastern corner of the
+Territory, set apart for the occupancy of the Indians in Utah by
+executive order of Oct. 3, 1861, and by act of Congress of May 5, 1864.
+This reservation comprises some of the best farming land in Utah, and is
+of sufficient extent to maintain all the Indians in the Territory. Some
+of the Indians located here show a disposition to engage in agriculture,
+though most of them still prefer the chase to labor. No steps have yet
+been taken to open a school on the reservation. The Uintah Utes have no
+treaty with the United States; but an appropriation averaging about
+$10,000 has been annually made for their civilization and improvement
+since 1863.</p>
+
+<h4>ARIZONA.</h4>
+
+<p>The tribes residing in the Territory of Arizona are the Pimas and
+Maricopas, Papagoes, Mohaves, Moquis, and Orivas Pueblos, Yumas,
+Yavapais, Hualapais, and different bands of the Apaches. All are native
+to the districts occupied by them, respectively.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pimas and Maricopas.</i>&mdash;These, said to have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>been in former years
+"Village" or "Pueblo" Indians, number 4,342, and occupy a reservation of
+64,000 acres, set apart for them under the act of Feb. 28, 1859, and
+located in the central part of the Territory, on the Gila River. They
+are, and always have been peaceful, and loyal to the government; are
+considerably advanced, according to a rude form of civilization, and
+being industrious, and engaged quite successfully, whenever the
+conditions of soil and climate are favorable, in farming operations, are
+nearly self-sustaining. The relations of these bands with the
+neighboring whites are, however, very unfavorable to their interests;
+and the condition of affairs is fast growing worse. The difficulty
+arises out of the fact of the use, and probably the improvident use, by
+the whites above them, of the water of the Gila River, by which they are
+deprived of all means of irrigating their lands. Much dissatisfaction is
+manifested on this account; and the result is, so far, that many of the
+Indians have left the reservation, and gone to Salt River Valley, where
+they are making a living by tilling the soil, not, however, without
+getting into trouble at this point also with the settlers.</p>
+
+<p>The Pimas and Maricopas are greatly interested <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>in the education of
+their children. Two schools are in operation on the reservation, with an
+attendance of 105 scholars. These tribes have no treaty with the United
+States, and receive but little assistance from the government.</p>
+
+<p><i>Papagoes.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering about 5,000, are of the same
+class, in some respects, as the Pueblos in New Mexico, living in
+villages, cultivating the soil, and raising stock for a support. They
+have no reservation set apart for their occupancy, but inhabit the
+south-eastern part of the Territory. Many of them have embraced
+Christianity; and they are generally well behaved, quiet, and peaceable.
+They manifest a strong desire to have their children educated; and steps
+to this end have been taken by the department. These Indians have no
+treaty relations with the United States, and receive no assistance from
+the government. The expediency of assigning to the Papagoes a
+reservation, and concentrating them where they can be brought within the
+direct care and control of the government, is under consideration by the
+department. There seems to be no reason to doubt that, if so
+established, and once supplied with implements and stock, they would
+become in a short time not only self-sustaining, but prosperous.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span><i>Mohaves.</i>&mdash;These Indians have a reservation of 75,000 acres, located on
+the Colorado River, and set apart for them and other tribes in the
+vicinity of said river, under the act of March 3, 1865. The Mohaves
+number about 4,000, of whom only 828 are on the reservation, the rest
+either roaming at large or being fed at other reservations in the
+Territory. An irrigating canal has been built for them at great expense;
+but farming operations have not as yet proved very successful. Over
+1,100 acres, however, are being cultivated by the Indians. The crops
+consist of corn, melons, and pumpkins. These Indians show but little
+progress in civilization. The parents objecting to the education of
+their children, no schools have been put in operation on the
+reservation, as they could be conducted only on a compulsory system. The
+Mohaves have no treaty stipulations with the United States; but they are
+partly subsisted, and are largely assisted in their farming operations,
+from the general incidental fund of the territory.</p>
+
+<p><i>Yumas.</i>&mdash;These Indians number probably 2,000. They inhabit the country
+near the mouth of the Colorado River, but belong to the reservation
+occupied by the Mohaves. They refuse, however, to remove to the
+reservation, and gain a scanty <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>subsistence by planting, and by cutting
+wood for steamers plying on the river. Many of them remain about Arizona
+City, performing menial services for the whites, and gratifying their
+inveterate passion for gambling. They have no treaty with the United
+States, and receive but little assistance from the government.</p>
+
+<p><i>Hualapais.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering about 1,500, inhabit the country
+near the Colorado River, north of the Mohaves, ranging a considerable
+distance into the interior. They have been, and still are, more or less
+hostile. Those who are quiet and peaceable are, with members of other
+bands of Indians, being fed by the government at Camps McDowell, Beal's
+Spring, and Date Creek.</p>
+
+<p><i>Yavapais and Apaches.</i>&mdash;These Indians are estimated to number from
+8,000 to 12,000, the lower estimate being the more reasonable. Their
+ranging grounds are in the central, northern, and eastern parts of the
+Territory. Most of them have long been hostile to the government,
+committing numerous robberies and murders. Earnest efforts have been
+made during the past year to settle them on reservations, three of
+which, viz., Camp Apache, Camp Grant, and Camp Verde, were set apart for
+their occupancy by executive order <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span>dated Nov. 9, 1871. These efforts,
+however, have not resulted very successfully; the Indians occasionally
+coming upon the reservations in large numbers, but leaving without
+permission, and, indeed, defiantly, whenever so disposed, oftentimes
+renewing their depredations before their supplies of government rations
+are exhausted. Many of the bands of this tribe (if it can be called a
+tribe; habits, physical structure, and language all pointing to a great
+diversity in origin among the several bands) are seemingly incorrigible,
+and will hardly be brought to cease their depredations and massacres
+except by the application of military force.</p>
+
+<h4>NEVADA.</h4>
+
+<p>The tribes residing in Nevada are Pah-Utes, Pi-Utes, Washoes, Shoshones,
+and Bannocks, and are native to the districts inhabited by them
+respectively.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pah-Utes.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering about 6,000, inhabit the western
+part of the State. Two reservations have been set apart for them,&mdash;one
+known as the Walker River, the other as the Pyramid Lake reservation,
+containing each 320,000 acres. These Indians are quiet, and friendly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span>to
+the whites, are very poor, and live chiefly upon fish, game, seeds, and
+nuts, with such assistance as the government from time to time renders
+them. They show considerable disposition to labor; and those on the
+reservations, especially the Walker River reservation, are cultivating
+small patches of ground. The Pyramid Lake reservation affords, in
+addition, excellent fishing, and the surrounding settlements a ready
+market for the catch over and above what the Indians require for their
+own consumption.</p>
+
+<p>No schools have been established for these Indians. They have no treaty
+relations with the government, and receive no annuities.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pi-Utes.</i>&mdash;The Pi-Utes, numbering probably 2,500, inhabit the
+south-eastern part of the State. They have no reservation set apart for
+them; nor have they any treaty with the United States. They roam about
+at will, are very destitute, and obtain a living principally by
+pilfering from the whites, although a few of them are engaged in a small
+way in farming. But very little can be done for these Indians by the
+government in their present unsettled condition. They should be brought
+upon one of the reservations set apart for the Indians in Nevada, or
+upon the Uintah <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span>reservation in Utah, where they could receive suitable
+care, and proper instruction in the arts of civilized life.</p>
+
+<p><i>Washoes.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering about 500, are a poor, miserable,
+and debauched people, and spend most of their time among the white
+settlements, where they gain some supplies of food and clothing by
+menial services. They have no reservation and no treaty, are not in
+charge of any agent of the government; and vice and disease are rapidly
+carrying them away.</p>
+
+<p><i>Shoshones.</i>&mdash;The Shoshones are a portion of the North-western, Western,
+and Goship bands, referred to under the head of "Utah." Those roaming or
+residing in the eastern part of Nevada number about 2,000. The remarks
+made respecting their brethren in Utah will equally apply to them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bannocks.</i>&mdash;The Bannocks, roaming in the north-eastern part of the
+State, number, probably, 1,500, and are doubtless a portion of the
+people of that name ranging in Eastern Oregon and Southern Idaho. They
+have no treaty with the government, nor any reservation set apart for
+them, and are not in charge of any United States agent. They should, if
+possible, be located upon the Fort <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span>Hall reservation in Idaho, where
+some steps could be taken to advance them in civilization.</p>
+<br />
+
+<h3>THE PACIFIC SLOPE.</h3>
+
+<p>The Indians on the Pacific slope are divided as follows: in Washington
+Territory, about 14,000; in Oregon, 12,000; in California, 22,000.</p>
+
+<h4>WASHINGTON TERRITORY.</h4>
+
+<p>The tribes residing in Washington Territory are the Nisqually, Puyallup,
+and other confederate tribes; the D'Wamish and other allied bands; the
+Makahs, the S'Klallams, the Qui-nai-elts and Qui-leh-utes, the Yakamas,
+the Chehalis and other allied tribes, and the Colville, Spokanes,
+C&oelig;ur d'Al&ecirc;nes, Okanagans, and others.</p>
+
+<p><i>Nisqually, Puyallup, and others.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering about
+1,200, have three reservations, containing, as per treaty of 1854,
+26,776 acres, situated on the Nisqually and Puyallup Rivers, and on an
+island in Puget Sound. Some of these Indians are engaged in farming, and
+raise considerable wheat, also potatoes and other vegetables. Many are
+employed by the farmers in their vicinity; while others still are idle
+and shiftless, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span>spending their time wandering from place to place. One
+school is in operation on the Puyallup reservation, with an attendance
+of eleven scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>D'Wamish and others.</i>&mdash;The D'Wamish and other allied tribes number
+3,600, and have five reservations, containing in all 41,716 acres, set
+apart by treaty made with them in 1855, and located at as many points on
+Puget Sound. Many of these Indians, particularly those residing on the
+Lummi reservation, are industrious farmers, raising all the produce
+necessary for their support, and owning a large number of cattle,
+horses, hogs, &amp;c.; while others are either employed by the neighboring
+white farmers, or engaged in lumbering on their own account. They are
+generally Christianized, most of them members of the Catholic Church.
+One school, with 57 scholars, is in operation on the Tulalip
+reservation, where all the government buildings are located. This school
+has had a remarkable degree of success, as reported by the agent and by
+disinterested visitors.</p>
+
+<p><i>Makahs.</i>&mdash;These Indians number 604, and have a reservation of 12,800
+acres, set apart by treaty made with them in 1855, and located at the
+extreme north-west corner of the Territory. They are a bold, hardy race,
+not inclined to till the soil <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span>for a support, but depending principally
+upon fishing and the taking of fur-seal for their livelihood. One school
+is in operation among them, with an attendance of 16 scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>S'Klallams.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering 919, have a reservation of 4,000
+acres, set apart by treaty made with them in 1855, and located on what
+is known as "Hood's Canal." Some of them are engaged, in a small way, in
+farming; and others are employed in logging for the neighboring
+saw-mills. Their condition generally is such that their advancement in
+civilization must necessarily be slow. A school has been established on
+the reservation, and is attended by 22 scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qui-nai-elts, Qui-leh-utes, Hohs, and Quits.</i>&mdash;These Indians number
+520, and have a reservation of 25,600 acres, in the extreme eastern part
+of the Territory, and almost wholly isolated from white settlements, set
+apart under a treaty made with them July 1, 1855. But one of the four
+tribes mentioned, the Qui-nai-elts, live upon the reservation: the
+others reside at different points along the coast, northward from the
+reservation. These declare that they never agreed to sell their country,
+and that they never knowingly signed any treaty disposing of their right
+to it. The bottom <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span>land on the reservation is heavily timbered, and a
+great deal of labor is required to clear it; but when cleared, it
+produces good crops. Many of the Indians, though in the main fish-eaters
+(the Qui-nai-elt River furnishing them with salmon in great abundance),
+are cultivating small patches, and raise sufficient vegetables for their
+own use. One school is in operation on the reservation, with an
+attendance of 15 scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Yakamas.</i>&mdash;The Yakamas number 3,000, and have a reservation in the
+southern part of the Territory, containing 783,360 acres, set apart for
+them by treaty of June 9, 1855. These Indians belong to numerous bands,
+confederated under the title of Yakamas. Many of them, under the able
+management of their present agent, have become noticeably advanced in
+civilization, and are good farmers or skilled mechanics. The
+manual-labor school at the Yakama agency has been a complete success,
+and of incalculable benefit in imparting to the children a practical
+knowledge of farming and of the different mechanical arts. Their
+principal wealth is in horses, of which they own 12,000. The fact that
+the reservation for these Indians is located east of the Cascade
+Mountains, away from all contact with the whites, has doubtless tended,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span>in a great measure, to make this what it is,&mdash;the model agency on the
+Pacific slope: though to this result the energy and devotion of Agent
+Wilbur have greatly contributed. Churches have been built on the
+reservation, which are well attended, the services being conducted by
+native preachers. There are at present two schools, with an attendance
+of 44 scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chehalis and others, remnants of tribes, and parties to no treaty with
+the government.</i>&mdash;These Indians number about 600, and have a reservation
+of 4,322 acres in the eastern part of the Territory, set apart for them
+by executive order of July 8, 1864. A considerable portion of the land
+in this reservation is excellent for agricultural purposes; and quite
+extensive crops are being raised by the Indians of the Chehalis tribe.
+None of the other tribes for whom the reservation was intended reside
+upon it, declining to do so for the reason that they do not recognize it
+as their own, and fear to prejudice their claims to other lands by so
+doing.</p>
+
+<p>All these Indians have horses and cattle in abundance. They are
+industrious; and, being good field-hands, those of them who do not farm
+on their own account find ready employment from the surrounding farmers,
+their services always <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span>commanding the highest wages. Having no treaty
+relations with the government, no direct appropriations are made for
+their benefit. They, however, receive some assistance from the general
+incidental fund of the Territory. The Indians herein referred to as not
+living upon the reservation are of the Cowlitz, Chinook, Shoalwater Bay,
+and Humboldt tribes. They profess to desire a home at the mouth of the
+Humboldt and Coinoose Rivers, where they originated.</p>
+
+<p><i>Colville and other Tribes.</i>&mdash;These Indians, numbering 3,349, occupy the
+north-eastern portion of the Territory. They have no treaty relations
+with the government, and, until the present year, have had no
+reservation set apart for them. They are now, however, to be
+established, under an order of the President of July 2, 1872, in the
+general section of the Territory where they now are, upon a tract which
+is bounded on the south and east by the Columbia River, on the west by
+the Okinakane River, and on the north by British Columbia. The tribes
+for whom this reservation is designed are known as Colvilles,
+Okinakanes, San Poels, Lake Spokanes, C&oelig;ur d'Al&ecirc;nes, Calispells, and
+Methows. Some of these Indians, however, have settled upon valuable
+tracts of land, and have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span>made extensive improvements, while others, to
+a considerable number, have begun farming in a small way at various
+points within the district from which is proposed to remove their
+respective tribes. It is doubtful whether these individuals will
+voluntarily remove to the reservation referred to, which is some
+distance west of their present location. It is proposed, therefore, to
+allow such as are engaged in farming to remain where they are, if they
+so desire. Owing to the influx of whites into the country thus claimed
+or occupied by these Indians, many of them have been crowded out; and
+some of them have had their own unquestionable improvements forcibly
+wrested from them. This for a time during the past summer caused
+considerable trouble, and serious difficulties were apprehended; but
+thus far peace has been preserved by a liberal distribution among them
+of agricultural implements, seeds, blankets, &amp;c. No funds are
+appropriated specially for these Indians, such supplies and presents as
+are given them being furnished from the general incidental fund of the
+Territory.</p>
+
+<h4>OREGON.</h4>
+
+<p>The tribes residing in Oregon are the Umatillas, Cayuses, Walla-Wallas,
+Wascoes, Molels, Chasta <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span>Scotans, Coosas, Alseas, Klamath, Modocs, and
+Wal-pah-pee Snakes, besides numerous other small bands. They are all
+native to the country. On account of the great number of small tribes
+and bands in this State,&mdash;the number of tribes and bands parties to the
+same treaty being in some cases as high as ten or fifteen,&mdash;these
+Indians will be treated of, and the remarks concerning them will be
+made, under the heads of the agencies at which they are respectively
+located.</p>
+
+<p><i>Umatilla Agency.</i>&mdash;The tribes located at this agency are the Umatillas,
+Cayuses, and a portion of the Walla-Wallas, and number 837. They have a
+reservation of 512,000 acres, situated in the north-eastern part of the
+State, set apart for them by treaty of June 9, 1855. This reservation is
+very fertile, and, as usual in such cases, has attracted the cupidity of
+the whites. A proposition was made last year, under the authority of
+Congress, to have the Indians take land in severalty, or sell and remove
+to some other reservation. The Indians, however, in the exercise of
+their treaty rights, refused to accede to this proposition. These
+Indians are successfully engaged in agricultural operations, are nearly
+self-supporting, and may be considered, comparatively <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span>speaking,
+wealthy. It is gratifying to state that the introduction of whiskey by
+whites upon this reservation, and its sale to the Indians, has, during
+the last year, received a decided check through the vigilance of Agent
+Cornoyer in causing the arrest and trial of four citizens for a
+violation of the law in this respect. All the parties charged were
+convicted, and are now in prison. This is especially worthy of note,
+from the fact that it is always exceedingly difficult to obtain
+convictions for such dealing with Indians in any section of the country.
+There is one school in operation on the reservation, with an attendance
+of twenty-seven scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Warm-Spring Agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians at this agency, known as the
+"Confederated Tribes and Bands of Indians in Middle Oregon," comprise
+seven bands of the Walla-Walla and Wasco tribes, numbering six hundred
+and twenty-six. They have a reservation of 1,024,000 acres, located in
+the central part of the State, set apart for them by the treaty of June
+25, 1855. Though there is but little really good land in this
+reservation, many of the Indians, by reason of their industry, have
+succeeded measurably in their farming operations, and may be considered
+as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span>self-sustaining. In morals they have greatly improved; so that
+polygamy, the buying and selling of wives, gambling, and drunkenness
+have ceased to be common among them, as in the past. There are some,
+however, who are disposed to wander off the reservation, and lead a
+vagabond life. But little advancement has been made in education among
+these Indians. One school is in operation at the agency, with an
+attendance of fifty-one scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Grand-Ronde Agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians at this agency comprise the Molalla,
+Clackama, Calapooia, Molel, Umpqua, Rogue River, and other bands,
+seventeen in all, with a total population of eight hundred and seventy.
+The reservation upon which these bands are located is in the
+north-western part of the State. It contains 69,120 acres, and was set
+apart for their occupation by treaty of Jan. 22, 1855, with the
+Molallas, Clackamas, &amp;c., and by executive order of June 30, 1857. Some
+portions of this reservation are well adapted to grain-raising, though
+much of it is rough and heavily timbered. An allotment of land in
+severalty has been directed to be made, much to the gratification and
+encouragement of the tribes. These Indians are inclined to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>industry,
+and show commendable zeal in cultivating their farms, growing crops
+which compare favorably with those of their white neighbors. Their
+customs and habits of life also exhibit a marked improvement. One school
+is in operation, with an attendance of fifty scholars.</p>
+
+<p><i>Siletz Agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians at this agency are the Chasta Scotons, and
+fragments of fourteen other bands, called, generally, Coast-tribes,
+numbering altogether about 2,500. These Indians, including those at the
+Alsea sub-agency, have a reservation of 1,100,800 acres set apart for
+them by treaty of Aug. 11, 1855; which treaty, however, has never been
+ratified, although the reservation is occupied by the Indians. They were
+for a long time much averse to labor for a support; but recently they
+have shown more disposition to follow agriculture, although
+traditionally accustomed to rely chiefly upon fish for food. Many
+already have their farms well fenced and stocked, with good, comfortable
+dwellings and out-houses erected thereon. There is no reason why they
+should not, in time, become a thoroughly prosperous people. The failure
+to make allotments of land in severalty, for which surveys were
+commenced in 1871, has been a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span>source of much uneasiness to the Indians,
+and has tended to weaken their confidence in the good intentions of the
+government. One school is in operation on the reservation, with an
+attendance of twenty scholars. None of the tribes or bands at this
+agency have any treaty relations with the United States, unless it may
+be a few members of the Rogue-River band, referred to under the head of
+the Grand-Ronde agency.</p>
+
+<p><i>Alsea Sub-agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians at this sub-agency are the Alseas,
+Coosas, Sinselans, and a band of Umpquas, numbering in all three
+hundred, located within the limits of the reservation referred to under
+the head of the Siletz agency. The remarks made about the Indians at the
+Siletz agency will generally apply to the Indians of this sub-agency.
+The Coosas, Sinselans, and Umpquas are making considerable advancement
+in agriculture, and, had they advantages of instruction, would rapidly
+acquire a proficiency in the simpler mechanical branches of industry.
+The Alseas are not so tractable, and exhibit but little desire for
+improvement. All the assistance they receive from the government is
+supplied out of the limited amount appropriated for the general
+incidental expenses of the service in Oregon.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span><i>Klamath Agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians belonging to this agency are the Klamaths
+and Modocs, and the Yahooskin and Wal-pah-pee bands of Snakes, numbering
+altogether about 4,000, of whom only 1,018 are reported at the agency.
+They have a reservation containing 768,000 acres, set apart for them by
+the treaty of Oct. 14, 1864, and by executive order of March 14, 1871,
+situated in the extreme southern portion of the State. This reservation
+is not well adapted to agriculture. The climate is cold and uncertain;
+and the crops are consequently liable to be destroyed by frosts. It is,
+however, a good grazing country. Although this reservation is,
+comparatively speaking, a new one, the Indians located upon it are
+making commendable progress, both in farming operations and in
+lumbering. A part of the Modocs, who belong by treaty to this agency,
+and who were at one time located upon the reservation, have, on account
+of their troubles with the Klamaths,&mdash;due principally to the overbearing
+disposition of the latter,&mdash;left the agency, and refuse to return to it.
+They desire to locate upon a small reservation by themselves. Under the
+circumstances, they should be permitted to do this, or else be allowed
+to select a tract on the Malheur <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span>reservation. There is no school at
+present in operation for these Indians.</p>
+
+<p><i>Malheur Reservation.</i>&mdash;This reservation, set apart by executive order
+of Sept. 12, 1872, is situated in the south-eastern part of the State.
+Upon this it is the intention of the department eventually to locate all
+the roving and straggling bands in Eastern and South-eastern Oregon,
+which can be induced to settle there. As no funds are at the disposal of
+the department with which to make the necessary improvements, and to
+provide temporary subsistence for Indians removed, the work has not yet
+been fairly commenced. The Indians who should be collected upon this
+reservation are now a constant source of annoyance to the white
+settlers. They hang about the settlements and military posts, begging
+and stealing; and, unless some prompt measures be taken to bring them
+under the care and control of an agent of the government, serious
+trouble may result at any time. Congress should make the necessary
+appropriation during the coming session to maintain an agent for these
+Indians, to erect the agency buildings, and to provide subsistence for
+such as may be collected and may remain upon the reservation.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span><i>Indians not upon Reservations.</i>&mdash;There are a number of Indians,
+probably not less than 3,000, "renegades," and others of roving habits,
+who have no treaty relations with the government, and are not in charge
+of any agent. The tribal names of some of these are the Clatsops,
+Nestucals, Tillamooks, Nehalims, Snakes, and Nez Perc&eacute;s. The
+"renegades," such in fact and so called, roam on the Columbia River, and
+are of considerable annoyance to the agents at Warm Springs and
+Umatilla: others, the Snakes, two hundred in number, are upon the edge
+of the Grand-Ronde reservation. These live by hunting and fishing, and
+profess to desire to have lands allotted to them, and a school provided
+for their children. The Nez Perc&eacute;s, belonging in Idaho, to the estimated
+number of two hundred, are found in Wallowa Valley, in the eastern part
+of the State. They claim that they were not parties to the treaty with
+the Nez Perc&eacute; tribe years ago; that the valley in which they live has
+always belonged to them; and they strenuously oppose its settlement by
+the whites.</p>
+
+<h4>CALIFORNIA.</h4>
+
+<p>The tribes in California are the Ukie, Pitt River, Wylackie, Concon,
+Redwood, Humboldt, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span>Hoonsolton, Miscott, Siah, Tule, Tejon, Coahuila,
+King's River, and various other bands and tribes, including the "Mission
+Indians," all being native to the country.</p>
+
+<p><i>Round-Valley Agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians belonging to this agency are the
+Ukies, Concons, Pitt Rivers, Wylackies, and Redwoods, numbering in all
+1,700. The number has been increased during the past year by bringing in
+1,040 Indians collected in Little Lake and other valleys. A reservation
+containing 31,683 acres has been set apart per act of April 8, 1864, and
+executive order of March 30, 1870, in the western and northern part of
+the State, for these Indians, and for such others as may be induced to
+locate thereon. The lands in the reservation are very fertile; and the
+climate admits of a widely varied growth of crops. More produce being
+raised than is necessary for the subsistence of the Indians, the
+proceeds derived from the sale of the surplus are used in purchasing
+stock and work-animals, and for the further improvement of the
+reservation. Several of the Indians are engaged in cultivating gardens,
+while others work as many as twenty-five or thirty acres on their own
+account.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians on this reservation are uniformly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span>quiet and peaceable,
+notwithstanding that they are much disturbed by the white trespassers.
+Suits, by direction of the department, were commenced against such
+trespassers, but without definite results as yet; the Attorney-General
+having directed the United States District Attorney to suspend
+proceedings. Of this reservation the Indian Department has in actual
+possession and under fence only about 4,000 acres; the remainder being
+in the possession of settlers, all clamorous for breaking up the
+reservation and driving the Indians out.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians at this reservation have shown no especial disposition to
+have their children educated; and no steps were taken to that end until
+in the summer of 1871, when a school was commenced. There is now one
+school in operation, with an attendance of 110 scholars. These Indians
+have no treaties with the government; and such assistance as is rendered
+them in the shape of clothing, &amp;c., is from the money appropriated for
+the general incidental expenses of the Indian service in the State.</p>
+
+<p><i>Hoopa-Valley Agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians belonging to this agency are the
+Humboldts, Hoonsoltons, Miscotts, Siahs, and several other bands,
+numbering seven hundred and twenty-five.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span>A reservation was set apart per act of April 8, 1864, for these and such
+other Indians in the northern part of the State as might be induced to
+settle thereon. This reservation is situated in the north-western part
+of the State, on both sides of the Trinity River, and contains 38,400
+acres. As a rule, sufficient is raised on the reservation to supply the
+wants of the Indians. These Indians are quiet and peaceable, and are not
+disposed to labor on the reservation in common, but will work
+industriously when allowed to do so on their own individual account. One
+school is in operation on the reservation, with an attendance of
+seventy-four scholars. Having no treaty relations with the United
+States, and, consequently, no regular annuities appropriated for their
+benefit, the general incidental fund of the State is used so far as may
+be necessary, and so far as the amount appropriated will admit, to
+furnish assistance in the shape of clothing, agricultural implements,
+seeds, &amp;c. Besides these, their agent has a general supervisory control
+of certain Klamath Indians, who live adjacent to the reservation and
+along the banks of the Klamath River. These formerly belonged to a
+reservation bearing their name, which was, years ago, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span>abandoned in
+consequence of the total destruction by flood of agency buildings and
+improvements. They now support themselves chiefly by hunting and
+fishing, and by cultivating small patches in grain and vegetables.</p>
+
+<p><i>Tide-River Farm, or Agency.</i>&mdash;The Indians located at this point are the
+Tules and Manaches, numbering three hundred and seventy-four. These
+Indians are gradually improving, are quite proficient in all kinds of
+farm-work, and show a good disposition to cultivate the soil on their
+own account. There is one school in operation at the Tule River farm,
+with an attendance of thirty-seven scholars. About sixty miles from the
+agency reside several hundred King's-River Indians, who are in a
+wretched and destitute condition. They desire to be attached to the
+agency, and have in the past received occasional supplies of food from
+it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Indians not on Reservations.</i>&mdash;In addition to the Indians located at
+the three agencies named, there are probably not less than 20,000,
+including the Mission Indians (so called), the Coahuilas, Owen's River,
+and others, in the southern part of the State; and those on the Klamath,
+Trinity, Scott, and Salmon Rivers, in the northern part. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span>The Mission
+Indians, having been for the past century under the Catholic missions
+established on the California coast, are tolerably well advanced in
+agriculture, and compare favorably with the most highly civilized tribes
+of the East. The Coahuilas and others inhabiting the south-eastern and
+eastern portions of the State, and those in the north, support
+themselves by working for white settlers, or by hunting, fishing,
+begging, and stealing, except, it may be, a few of the northern Indians,
+who go occasionally to the reservations and the military posts in that
+section for assistance in the way of food.</p>
+
+<p>There are also about 4,000 Owen's-River and Manache Indians east of the
+Sierras, whom the settlers would gladly see removed to a reservation,
+and brought under the care of an agent. The department has under
+consideration the propriety of establishing a new reservation, upon
+which shall be concentrated these and numerous other Indians, in which
+event the Tule-River agency could advantageously be discontinued.</p>
+
+<div class="tr">
+<p class="cen"><a name="TN" id="TN"></a>Transcriber's Note</p>
+<br />
+
+Some inconsistent spelling in the
+original document has been retained.<br />
+<br />
+Typographical errors corrected in the text:<br />
+<br />
+Page &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;40&nbsp; govermnet changed to government<br />
+Page &nbsp;&nbsp;100&nbsp; carcer changed to career<br />
+Page &nbsp;&nbsp;186&nbsp; hererofore changed to heretofore<br />
+Page &nbsp;&nbsp;259&nbsp; favororably changed to favorably<br />
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Indian Question (1874), by Francis A. Walker
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INDIAN QUESTION (1874) ***
+
+***** This file should be named 27058-h.htm or 27058-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/7/0/5/27058/
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness, Barbara Kosker and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/27058-h/images/deco.jpg b/27058-h/images/deco.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0e8b8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27058-h/images/deco.jpg
Binary files differ